Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
RELEASED
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
2 / 1278
Contents
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 1.2 Parameter Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 VGCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 2.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 LCS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 3.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 3.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 IP Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 4.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 GSM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 5.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 5.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205 5.3 System (CST) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787 GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789 6.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 790 6.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 836 E-GPRS Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1179 7.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1180 7.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1183 DTM Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1203 8.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1204 2G-LTE Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1207 9.1 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1208 2G-3G Telecom Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1235 10.1 Network (CDE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1236 10.2 Site (CAE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1237
2 3
4 5
8 9 10
3 / 1278
Contents
4 / 1278
Preface
Preface
Purpose Whats New
The BSS Parameter Dictionary lists all of the Telecom Parameters for GSM and GPRS.
In Edition 09
This document was generated from the edition 18rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 08
This document was generated from the edition 17rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 07
This document was generated from the edition 16rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 06
This document was generated from the edition 15rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 05
This document was generated from the edition 14rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 04
This document was generated from the edition 13rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 03
This document was generated from the edition 12rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
In Edition 02
This document was generated from the edition 11rl of the BSS Telecom Parameters database.
5 / 1278
Preface
In Edition 01
First official release of document.
This manual is designed for OMC-R users, O&M technicians and system designers. Not applicable.
6 / 1278
1 Introduction
1 Introduction
7 / 1278
1 Introduction
8 / 1278
9 / 1278
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
10 / 1278
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
No No
11 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the in-band notification 0: disabled, 1:enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
12 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the in-band paging 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
13 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the uplink reply procedure 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
14 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the VGCS in the cell 0: disabled, 1: enabled When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to - include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). - to configure, at least, one TRX with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 in the cell. - to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
15 / 1278
If the eMLPP priority included in the Paging message from the MSC is higher than or equal to this parameter, then the BSS shall trigger in-band paging within cells, that are identified to be paged from the PAGING message, and that have existing VGC active. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of inband paging 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules
No No
16 / 1278
Maximum number of radio timeslots that can be used by the VGCS calls in the cell. MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS If EN_VGCS= enabled, then "(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell". If EN_VGCS= disabled, then" MAX_VGCS_TS = 0" Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
External Comment
127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support VGCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_VGCS_TS >0 No No
17 / 1278
Minimum number of radio timeslots that are reserved for the VGCS calls in the cell in normal situation (point-to-point CS call can NOT use these timeslots). MIN_VGCS_TS <= MAX_VGCS_TS - The following rules about the upper limit are recommended : i) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MIN_VGCS_TS <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0) 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 0
18 / 1278
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
19 / 1278
If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all other on-going VGCS call. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of other on-going VGCS calls 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
20 / 1278
If the eMLPP priority is higher than or equal to this parameter, the Notifications message shall be sent on FACCH of all on-going point to point call whose MS is VGCS capable. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on FACCH of all on going point to point calls in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
21 / 1278
The priority threshold for notification over PCH. The BSS shall consider, for Notification/PCH, only VGCS-Calls which have a priority (eMLPP priority) not below this parameter. If more than one is selected, all these voice group calls shall be notified on PCH and all with the same frequency of occurrence. Coded over 3 bits 000 : deactivation of notification on PCH in the cell 001 : call priority level 4 (lowest priority) 010 : call priority level 3 011 : call priority level 2 100 : call priority level 1 101 : call priority level 0 110 : call priority level B 111 : call priority level A (highest priority) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
22 / 1278
This parameter defines the maximum number of blocks usable for NCH. if EN_VGCS is enabled : - BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS - if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
23 / 1278
Maximum number of repetitions for the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during an uplink access procedure Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
24 / 1278
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited (31)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
25 / 1278
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
26 / 1278
Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) during the initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. before sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 1024 Default 256
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
27 / 1278
This Timer is used to delay the Multiple SACCH Info Modify and the VGCS_ADD_INFO in order to give the MS a chance to receive the immediately transmitted VGCS_ADD_INFO/FACCH and SI6 messages step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 1000 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
28 / 1278
This parameter defines the repetition period of CHANNEL RELEASE message sent on FACCH step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 1000 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
29 / 1278
Delay between consecutive repetitions of the UPLINK FREE message, sent to the mobile station. The UPLINK FREE messages shall be repeated as long as no uplink is granted to a mobile station. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 480 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
30 / 1278
Guard timer to wait for an Uplink Access. If no such bursts are received at this timer expiry, the BSC releases the voice group call channel in that cell and provide notifications containing no channel description. step size = 1sec T_Wait_Uplink_Access >= [START_UPLINK_REPLY + (10 * WAIT_UPLINK_ACCESS)] * T_REPETITION_UPLINK_FREE Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 300 Default 60
31 / 1278
Guard timer to wait for UPLINK REQUEST ACK or UPLINK REQUEST REJECT message from the MSC. step size = 500 ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 5000 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
32 / 1278
Maximum queuing time for the VGCS Assignment Requests step size = 1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 19 Default 6
No No
33 / 1278
This timer is used for the repetition of the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message during the uplink access procedure. If the timer expires before the reception of a correctly decoded frame from MS, the BTS repeats the VGCS UPLINK GRANT message to the requesting MS step size = 20ms Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 480 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
34 / 1278
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
35 / 1278
This parameter defines the type of FR AMR codec used in the network. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1 AMR Full Rate Codec 12,2 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 10,2 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; AMR Full Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/st;
Coding rules
No No
36 / 1278
This parameter defines the type of HR AMR codec used in the network. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 5 Default 4 AMR Half Rate Codec 7,95 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 7,40 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 6,70 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 5,90 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 5,15 kbit/s; AMR Half Rate Codec 4,75 kbit/s;
Coding rules
External Comment
AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,95 kb/s is not supported by Alcatel BSS. AMR Half Rate codec mode 7,4kb/s is not supported as a "stand-alone" codec No No
37 / 1278
Maximum number of repetitions for the UPLINK FREE message (with the Uplink Access Request bit set to L) per cycle, during the non-initial part of the uplink access procedure (i.e. after sending the first UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H). Each time the value of this counter becomes zero, the BTS send one UPLINK FREE message with the Uplink Access Request bit set to H. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 32 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
38 / 1278
39 / 1278
Confidence origin used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50.7
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
40 / 1278
Slope ratio between the confidence and the arc factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
41 / 1278
Slope ratio between the confidence and the sum of minimum radius factor and maximum radius factor used in the 3D linear regression of the confidence of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when providing the reference location to the A-GPS server. step size = 0.01 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15.28
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
42 / 1278
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the types of optional assistance data to be retrieved from the A-GPS server when using the MS based A-GPS positioning method. The following optional assistance data type are considered: Almanac, UTC model, DGPS corrections, reference time, acquisition assistance, real-time integrity. bit 8 (most significant) and bit 7 are not used (i.e. always set to 0); bit 6=1: real-time integrity is retrieived; bit 5=1: acquisition assistance is retrieived; bit 4=1: reference time is retrieived; bit 3=1: DGPS corrections is retrieived; bit 2=1: UTC model is retrieived; bit 1 (least significant)=1: Almanac is retrieived. Network (CDE) Reference MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
43 / 1278
The most preferred GPS positioning method. It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
No No
44 / 1278
The second preferred GPS positioning method. It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
No No
45 / 1278
The third preferred GPS positioning method. It contains a reference to a GPS method: 1 for MS Assisted A-GPS, 2 for MS Based A-GPS, 3 for Conventional GPS. The same GPS methods reference should not be used for different priorities. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 3
No No
46 / 1278
Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer controls the retransmission timeout for the sending of the individual data segments. step size = 1 second Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
47 / 1278
Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This timer determines the interval separating keep alive retransmissions until a response is received. Once a response is received, the delay until the next keep alive transmission is again controlled by the value of this timer. The connection will be aborted after the number of retransmissions specified by SAGI_TCP_MAX_DATA_RETRANS have gone unanswered. step size = 1 second Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
48 / 1278
Parameter used in the context of supervision of SAGI based on TCP keep alive mechanism. This parameter controls the number of times TCP will retransmit an individual data segment before aborting the connection. The retransmission timeout is given by the parameter SAGI_TCP_DATA_TIMEOUT. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 10 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
49 / 1278
Timer to guard the response from the A-GPS server (on SAGI: interface with A-GPS server). step size = 1 sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
50 / 1278
Factor used in the computation of the width in degree of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 1.5 Default 1.2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
51 / 1278
Antenna direction orientation for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). 0: 0 degree,..., 359: 359 degree, 360: omnidirectional cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 360 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
52 / 1278
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method Conventional GPS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled EN_CONV_GPS = 0 (from B11 MR3) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) No No
53 / 1278
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled - Equal to EN_LCS (MFS) - EN_LCS = "disabled" on BSC G2 (from B11 MR3) - EN_LB and EN_LCS shall not be both enabled at the same time Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only (from B11 MR3). - Only the value 0 is supported on G2 BSC (from B11 MR3) No No
54 / 1278
Enables/Disables the Location Services (LCS) in the BSS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled - Equal to EN_LCS (BSC) - EN_LCS = "disabled" on BSC G2 (from B11 MR3) - EN_LB and EN_LCS shall not be both enabled at the same time Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only (from B11 MR3). - Only the value 0 is supported on G2 BSC (from B11 MR3) No No
55 / 1278
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Assisted A-GPS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled - EN_MS_ASSISTED_AGPS = 0 (from B11 MR3) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) No No
56 / 1278
Flag to enable or disable the positioning method MS Based A-GPS. 0 = disabled; 1 = enabled - EN_MS_BASED_AGPS = 0 (from B11 MR3) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- The activation of this positioning method is meaningful when EN_LCS=1. - Only the value 0 is supported (from B11 MR3) No No
57 / 1278
Flag indicating whether SAGI (interface with the A-GPS server) is configured or not for this BSS. 0: disabled; 1: enabled - EN_SAGI = 0 (from B11 MR3) Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
58 / 1278
Indicates whether latitude and longitude are significant or not. 0: not significant, 1: significant Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
59 / 1278
Antenna half power beam for the sector supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). 0: half power beam width unknown, 1: 1 degree,..., 360: 360 degree (omnidirectional cell) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 360 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
60 / 1278
Latitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 90) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for South and false for North) Site (CAE) List of numbers MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0,0,0,false Maximum Default
Coding rules
90,59,9999,true #
External Comment
1) 0 latitude corresponds to the Equator; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Latitude". No No
61 / 1278
Longitude of the BTS supporting the cell (used by the MFS to compute location estimate based on TA positionning method). Sequence of: - number of degrees (from 0 to 180) - number of minutes (from 0 to 59) - number of fractional minutes (from 0 to 9999) - direction (boolean, true for West and false for East) Site (CAE) List of numbers MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0,0,0,false Maximum Default
Coding rules
180,59,9999,true #
External Comment
1) 0 longitude corresponds to the Greenwich Meridian; 2) The coding for OMC-R HMI is described in the "BSS O&M Parameters" document, parameter "LCS-Longitude". No No
62 / 1278
Factor used in the computation of the maximum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. step size = 0.05 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1 Default 0.6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
63 / 1278
Factor used in the computation of the minimum radius of the ellipsoid arc returned by the MFS when computing location estimate based on TA positionning method. step size = 0.05 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1 Default 0.85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
64 / 1278
SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. step size = 1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 10
65 / 1278
SMLC timer to guard the calculation of the MS position (including the RRLP message exchange with the target MS) in case of a Low Delay Location Request. step size = 0.1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 180 Default 3
66 / 1278
BSC timer supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location Abort. step size = 0.1 sec T_Loc_abort < T_Location Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
67 / 1278
BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when no RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. step size = 0.1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 15
68 / 1278
BSC timer, on a per call basis, supervising the response from the SMLC in case of Location request, when a RRLP exchange is triggered with the MS. step size = 1 sec T_Location + T_Location_Longer > T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant >= T_LCS_Low_Delay T_Location_Longer > T_Location Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 30
External Comment
The timer is meaningful in the BSC when EN_LCS=1, and replaces T_Location timer in case of Conventional GPS, MS Assisted A-GPS and MS Based A-GPS positioning methods. No No
69 / 1278
SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Delay Tolerant Location Request. step size = 1 sec T_LCS_Delay_Tolerant > T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 300 Default 9
70 / 1278
SMLC timer to guard the RRLP message exchange between the SMLC and the target MS, in case of a Low Delay Location Request. step size = 0.1 sec T_Low_Delay > T_RRLP_Low_Delay T_RRLP_Delay_Tolerant >= T_RRLP_Low_Delay Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 120 Default 2
71 / 1278
72 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
4 IP Telecom Parameters
73 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
State assigned to a given MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature), for the load redistribution function. That function removes the "off loaded" MSC from the list of candidate MSCs on BSS side. 0: off loaded 1: on loaded Site (CAE) Flag BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled. - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - If a MSC server is in high load situation, the operator can avoid the MSC to enter the overload situation through the update of that parameter to "off loaded" for the concerned MSC. Parameter change: on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. The complete redistribution of the MS requires the same change done on Core Network side too.
No No
74 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
4.1.2 () - (SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE)
Parameter Name HMI Name Logical Name Definition SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE
State assigned to a given SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature), for the load redistribution function. That function removes the "off loaded" SGSN from the list of candidate SGSNs on BSS side. 0: off loaded 1: on loaded In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, all the NSEs, connected to the same SGSN, must have the same SGSN_OFFLOAD_STATE. Site (CAE) Flag MFS NSE Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled. - If a SGSN server is in high load situation, the operator can avoid the SGSN to enter the overload situation through the update of that parameter to "off loaded" for all the NSEs of all the BSSs connected to the concerned SGSN. Parameter change: on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. The complete redistribution of the MS requires the same change done on Core Network side too.
No No
75 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Primary IP adress of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. coded on 15 characters string - ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside one MSC - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Site (CAE) IP address BSC SCTP EndPoint Unit None Minimum None Maximum None Default None
External Comment
Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link (ASL). No No
76 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Secondary IP adress of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. It is an optional address used in case of SCTP multihoming in MSC side. coded on 15 characters string - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Site (CAE) IP address BSC SCTP EndPoint Unit None Minimum None Maximum None Default None
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link (ASL). No No
77 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
List of the SCTP endpoints (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. Up to 4 endpoints can be defined in that list. coded as an array of 4 entries Each entry is an SCTP endpoint, composed of ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1, ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT and ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_2 When the MSC TRAFFIC_MODE is in load sharing, the number of SCTP endpoints configured in the ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST must be equal or greater than MIN_NB_ACTIVE_ Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC MSC Unit None Minimum None Maximum None Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link(s) (ASL). No No
78 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Port of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the MSC side. Step size = 1 ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside one MSC Site (CAE) Number BSC SCTP EndPoint Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default None
External Comment
Parameter change: before any modification, the operator must lock the associated A Signalling Link (ASL). No No
79 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Enables/disables the support of the "Aflex" feature (for signaling traffic). The Aflex feature allows a BSS to be connected to more than one MSC. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_A_FLEX is enabled only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is enabled When EN_A_FLEX is enabled, up to 16 MSCs can be connected to one BSC. When EN_A_FLEX is disabled, only one MSC can be connected to one BSC. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Support of A-Flex by the MSC server is mandatory. - Support of Virtual MGW feature by the Media Gateway is mandatory. Parameter change: Before disabling the feature from the BSC side, the operator must delete all the excessive MSCs (except one, ie no more than one MSC connected to the BSC). Before enabling the feature, the operator must have configured the NULL_NRI and NRI_LENGTH parameters. Then the Aflex feature deals with the unlocked MSC(s).
No No
80 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Enables/disables the support of "A signalling over IP" 0: disabled, 1: enabled - EN_A_FLEX is enabled only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is enabled. - EN_ASIG_OVER_IP can be enabled if, at least, one MSC SCTP endpoint has been configured. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: A BSC reset procedure is needed, after modification, to resynchronize all the channels of the A interface. This BSC reset leads to a total outage of several minutes. No telecom service is provided during this procedure.
No No
81 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Enables/disables the support of the "Gbflex" feature (for data and signaling traffic). The GbFlex feature allows a BSS to be connected to more than one SGSN. 0: disabled, 1: enabled - EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if Gb_Transport_Mode is IP - If Gb_Transport_Mode is FR then EN_GB_FLEX must be disabled - EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if SGSNR = 1 - When EN_GB_FLEX is enabled, up to 8 SGSNs can be connected to one BSS. - When EN_GB_FLEX is disabled, only one SGSN can be connected to one BSS. Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Support of Gb-Flex by the SGSN is mandatory. Parameter change: no impact on the on going telecom service. Before disabling the feature from the MFS side, the operator shall delete all the excessive NSEs (no more than one NSE per GPU, ie no more than one SGSN connected to the BSS).
No No
82 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Configuration type used with Gb over IP. In case of static configuration, the SGSN IP endpoint(s) are given by O&M. In case of dynamic configuration, the SGSN IP endpoint(s) are sent dynamically by the SGSN. For that exchange, at least one pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint is previously given by O&M. 0 : Static configuration 1: Dynamic configuration In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration where Gb_Transport_Mode is IP, all the NSEs connected to the same SGSN, having children SGSN IPendpoint(s), must have the same Gb_Configuration_Type. Site (CAE) Enumerated MFS NSE Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Gb_Configuration type is significant only when Gb_Transport mode is IP. Parameter change: before any parameter modification, the operator has to delete the children SGSN IP endpoint(s). No No
83 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Base address of the IP address of the local Gb IP endpoint, used to define the GPU_Gb_IP_Address of each GPU board (for Gb over IP interface). coded on 32 bits The last group is set to 000 (base address) Site (CAE) IP address MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4294967295 Default None
Coding rules
External Comment
Parameter change: if Gb_transport_Mode is already in IP mode, a change of this parameter must be followed by a manual reset of the associated GP/GPU (during the IP settings preparation phase, no manual reset is needed since the reset is automatically performed by the MFS at the feature activation time). No No
84 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Base port number of the UDP port number of the local Gb IP endpoint, used to define the GPU_Gb_UDP_port of each GPU board (for Gb over IP interface). Site (CAE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 63488 Maximum 64512 Default 64512
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: if Gb_transport_Mode is already in IP mode, a change of this parameter must be followed by a manual reset of the associated GP/GPU (during the IP settings preparation phase, no manual reset is needed since the reset is automatically performed by the MFS at the feature activation time). No No
85 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Allows to display the IP address of the local Gb IP endpoint, used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (for Gb over IP interface) coded on 32 bits coded default value is for implementation purposes only Site (CAE) IP address MFS GPU Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4294967295 Default None
Coding rules
86 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Allows to display the UDP port number of the local Gb IP endpoint, used by a GPU board in a NSE instance (for Gb over IP interface). Site (CAE) Number MFS GPU Unit None Minimum 63488 Maximum 64512 Default 64512
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
equal to GPU_Gb_base_UDP. No No
87 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
IP address of a SGSN Ipendpoint, used in case of static configuration of Gb over IP interface. IP address of a pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint, used in case of dynamic configuration of Gb over IP interface. coded on 32 bits coded default value is for implementation purposes only - Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE. - in case of static configuration, up to 16 SGSN IP endpoints can be defined per NSE. - In case of dynamic configuration, only a single pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint can be defined per NSE. Site (CAE) IP address MFS SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4294967295 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
No No
88 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of MFS addresses used for Gb telecom protocols coded on 32 bits coded default value is for implementation purposes only Site (CAE) IP address MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4294967295 Default None
Coding rules
External Comment
Parameter change: if Gb_transport_Mode is already in IP mode, a change of this parameter must be followed by a manual reset of the associated GP/GPU (during the IP settings preparation phase, no manual reset is needed since the reset is automatically performed by the MFS at the feature activation time). No No
89 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Local primary IP adress of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the BSC side. coded on 15 characters string - LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside the BSC 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Site (CAE) IP address BSC SCTP EndPoint Unit None Minimum None Maximum None Default None
No No
90 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Local port of a SCTP endpoint (used by M3UA protocol) on the BSC side. Step size = 1 LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_IP_Address_1 and LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT shall together uniquely identify a SCTP endpoint inside the BSC By default, the LOCAL_ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_PORT values are taken in the range 61953-61999. It is recommended to change these values only in case of IOT issue with the MSC. In this case it is recommended: - to not use values in the range 0..49151 ("well known" and "iana registered" ports) -to avoid the values already used by other BSS protocols using IP, -and especially to not use the ports used by the IP_BSSAsig protocol (to avoid conflicts during the transition from Asig over TDM to Asig over IP).
Recommended rules
Site (CAE) Number BSC SCTP EndPoint Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default None
External Comment
Parameter change: Before any modification of the Local_Asig_SCTP_Endpoint_Port, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the Local_Asig_SCTP_Endpoint_Port, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service.
91 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
No No
92 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
The minimum number of active IP server processes (IPSP) in the MSC server required to handle the traffic with that MSC. When the MSC TRAFFIC_MODE is in load sharing, the number of SCTP endpoints configured in the ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST must be equal or greater than MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP Site (CAE) Number BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
External Comment
- This parameter is significant when the TRAFFIC_MODE of the MSC is load sharing mode. - Parameter change: before any modification of the MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the MIN_NB_ACTIVE_IPSP, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. No No
93 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
This parameter indicates, within a given PLMN, the Core Network Identifier. It is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id), which uniquely identifies a MSC for the Aflex feature. coded on 2 bytes The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any MSC identifier yet. - All the MSCs, connected to one BSC, must have different MSC_CN_ID. - The operator must control that, in a PLMN, 2 MSCs must have 2 different MSC_CN_ID. Site (CAE) Number BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4095 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - The operator must control that the BSC and all the MSCs connected to that BSC via Aflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. No No
94 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Mobile Country Code of the MSC, connected to the BSC. It is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id), which uniquely identifies a MSC for the Aflex feature. 3 digits BCD The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any MCC yet. The OMC-R initializes the parameter with the MCC field of the BSC-OwnPLMN. It is not changeable on the HMI. Site (CAE) Reference BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - The operator must control that the BSC and all the MSCs connected to that BSC via Aflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. No No
95 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Mobile Network Code of the MSC, connected to the BSC. It is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id), which uniquely identifies a MSC for the Aflex feature. 3 digits BCD The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any MNC yet. The OMC-R initializes the parameter with the MNC field of the BSC-OwnPLMN. It is not changeable on the HMI. Site (CAE) Reference BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - The operator must control that the BSC and all the MSCs connected to that BSC via Aflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. No No
96 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Signalling Point Code of a given MSC, connected to the BSC. coded over 14 bits All the MSCs connected to one BSC must have different MSC_SPC. Site (CAE) Number BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default None
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is set to TRUE - "A signalling over IP" function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: Before any modification of the MSC_SPC, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the MSC_SPC, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. No No
97 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Weight assigned to a MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature), for the load balancing function. A high value is to be associated to a high capacity MSC. It is recommended to set a weight value consistent with the number of A-trunks connected to that MSC. Site (CAE) Number BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 1
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification. No No
98 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
This parameter defined the configurable length of a NRI (Network Resource Identification), expressed as a number of bits It is used by the BSC to derive the NRI value from the received temporary identity TMSI, and to identify the serving MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature). The NRI is coded starting from the bit 23 (the most significant bit of the NRI) of the TMSI, regardless of the NRI length. The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any length value yet. - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH - 1 - NULL_NRI <= 2^NRI_LENGTH 1 - The operator must control that the same NRI_LENGTH is configured in all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area. - A larger length allows to define/connect more MSCs per CS pool area, but reduce the number of available TMSI for a given time period, since the NRI is part of the TMSI. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification.
No No
99 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
This parameter defined the configurable length of a NRI (Network Resource Identification), expressed as a number of bits It is used by the MFS to derive the NRI value from the received TLLI, and to identify the serving SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature). The NRI is coded starting from the bit 23 (the most significant bit of the NRI) of the TLLI, regardless of the NRI length. - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 - NULL_NRI_PS <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 The operator must control that the same NRI_LENGTH_PS is configured in all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default None
Recommended rules
External Comment
Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled. Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification.
No No
100 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
List of the Network Resource Identifiers, associated to a given MSC, connected to the BSC (Aflex feature). Up to 8 NRIs can be defined per MSC. The NRI is part of the temporary identity TMSI, which is assigned by the serving MSC to the MS. The BSC derives the NRI from any Initial layer 3 message, in order to identify the serving MSC. Coded on 2 bytes The empty list (length = 0) value 1024 is for implementation purpose only; this dummy list indicates that the operator does not provide any NRI yet. - 2 different MSCs, connected to the BSC, must have 2 different NRI_LIST. - A NRI shall be unique among all the NRI_LIST of all the MSCs connected to the BSC (and especially when the BSC is in the overlapping zone of 2 CS pool areas). - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH 1 - The NULL_NRI shall not be included in any NRI_LIST of any MSCs connected to the BSC - When EN_A_FLEX is enabled, the NRI_LIST must contain at least one NRI - The operator must control that one NRI shall be unique among all the NRI_LIST of all the MSCs, which serve in parallel a given CS pool area. - When several BSCs, belonging to the same CS pool area, are connected to the same MSC, the operator must control that the NRI_LIST of that MSC is configured with the same value in each BSC of the CS pool area. Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification.
101 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
No No
102 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
List of the Network Resource Identifiers, associated to a given SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature). Up to 8 NRIs can be defined per SGSN (and at least one). The NRI is part of the temporary identity P-TMSI, which is assigned by the serving SGSN to the MS. The MFS derives the NRI from the TLLI received from the MS, in order to identify the serving SGSN. coded on 2 bytes The value 1024 is only defined for implementation purpose (it is not a valid value). - In a BSS, 2 different SGSNs must have 2 different NRI_LIST_PS. - A NRI shall be unique among all the NRI_LIST_PS of all the NSEs of one GP /GPU. - Each NRI of the list <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 - For a BSS, the NULL_NRI_PS shall not be included in any NRI_LIST_PS of any NSE connected to that BSS. - For all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area, the NSEs connected to one SGSN must all have the same NRI_LIST_PS, in order for a MS to be served by that dedicated SGSN inside the whole pool area (area belonging or not to the same MFS) - In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, all the NSEs, connected to one SGSN, must have the same NRI_LIST_PS. Site (CAE) List of numbers MFS NSE Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1024 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External Comment
Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification.
No No
103 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Upon reception of a message with that dummy/reserved NRI included, the BSC uses the load balancing algorithm for selecting one MSC, among the "on loaded" MSC connected to the BSC (Aflex feature), and for re-routing the received message to that MSC. coded on 2 bytes The coded default value is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any null NRI yet. - NULL_NRI <= 2^NRI_LENGTH - 1 - The NULL_NRI shall not be included in any NRI_LIST of any MSCs connected to the BSC. The operator must control that the NULL_NRI is common inside all the BSSs of one PLMN. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_A_FLEX is enabled - Aflex function is available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted (still established with the same MSC). Change applied immediately on the new calls established after modification.
No No
104 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
In UL cases, upon TLLI reception with that dummy/reserved NRI included, while a SGSN is not already selected for a mobile, the MFS uses the load balancing algorithm for selecting one SGSN among the "on loaded" SGSN connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature). coded on 2 bytes - NULL_NRI_PS <= 2^NRI_LENGTH_PS 1 - For a BSS, the NULL_NRI_PS shall not be included in any NRI_LIST_PS of any NSE connected to that BSS. The operator must control that the NULL_NRI_PS is common inside all the BSSs of one PLMN Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
Recommended rules
External Comment
Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification.
No No
105 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Indicates the data weight assigned to the peer NSE, in case of static configuration of the Gb over IP interface. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Declared by the operator in case of static configuration. If Peer_NSE_Data_Weight=0, the SGSN IP endpoint will not be selected as a data endpoint by the load sharing function. No No
106 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Indicates the signalling weight assigned to the peer NSE, in case of static configuration of the Gb over IP interface. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Declared by the operator in case of static configuration. If Peer_NSE_Signalling_Weight=0, the SGSN IP endpoint will not be selected as a signalling endpoint. No No
107 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
UDP port number of a SGSN Ipendpoint, used in case of static configuration of Gb over IP interface. UDP port number of a pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint, used in case of dynamic configuration of Gb over IP interface. - Each SGSN IP EndPoint (SGSN_IP_Address, SGSN_UDP_Port) must be unique per NSE. - in case of static configuration, up to 16 SGSN IP endpoints can be defined per NSE. - In case of dynamic configuration, only a single pre-configured SGSN IP endpoint can be defined per NSE. Site (CAE) Number MFS SGSN-IPEndPoint Unit None Minimum 1024 Maximum 65535 Default 49152
External Comment
Following IANA.org: "Registered Ports" are in the range 1024-49151 and "Dynamic and/or Private Ports" are those from 49152 through 65535 (ALU BSS ports are taken in the private range, however SGSN ports taken in the registered ports are accepted by the ALU BSS). No No
108 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
This parameter uniquely identifies one SGSN inside one BSS for the Gbflex feature. For that, the operator has the possibility to use the Core Network Identifier, which is part of the Global Core Network Identifier, defined in 3GPP TS 23.003 as (PLMN-id + CN-id). But in such case, the same identifier can identify 2 different SGSN, belonging to 2 different PLMN. coded on 2 bytes - All the NSEs of one GP/GPU must have different CN_ID_PS. - The operator must control that, in a BSS, 2 SGSNs must have 2 different CN_ID_PS. - For a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, the operator must connect all the GP/GPU(s) to the same SGSN(s) and define the same CN_ID_PS on all the NSEs, connected to one SGSN. - It is highly recommended to extend that rule (same CN_ID_PS value for all the NSEs connected to one SGSN) in all the BSSs managed by the MFS; and even more, in the whole managed network. Site (CAE) Number MFS NSE Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default None
External Comment
- Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled - The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. - The operator must control that the BSS and all the SGSNs connected to that BSS via Gbflex feature must belong to the same PLMN. Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification.
No No
109 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Weight assigned to a SGSN, connected to the MFS (Gbflex feature), for the load balancing function. A high value is to be associated to a high capacity SGSN, because it will be chosen more often than a SGSN with a lower weight (e.g. a SGSN with weight = 10 will be chosen twice as often as a SGSN with weight = 5). In a BSS in multi-GP/GPU configuration, for a consistent behaviour of the Gbflex feature, all the NSEs, connected to the same SGSN, must have the same SGSN_WEIGHT. Same rule is to be extended to all the NSEs of all the BSSs belonging to a same pool area, and connected to the same SGSN. Site (CAE) Number MFS NSE Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 1
External Comment
Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification.
No No
110 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Number of times one SGSN is used, once selected by the Node Selection Function. There is no advantage to define different values for the BSSs of the MFS. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 10
External Comment
Significant only if EN_GB_FLEX is enabled Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification.
No No
111 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
First IP address for the range of telecom addresses shown to the external world. The BSC deduces every address of its telecom endpoint from this base address. coded on 15 characters string - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Site (CAE) IP address BSC BSC Unit None Minimum None Maximum None Default None
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: when this parameter is changed from the BSC operator terminal, the BSC resets autonomously. No No
112 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Mask of the subnet where is allocated the range of BSC addresses used for telecom protocols coded on 15 characters string - 255.255.255.255 and 0.0.0.0 are both forbidden Site (CAE) IP address BSC BSC Unit None Minimum None Maximum None Default None
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: Changing the IP configuration (e.g. subnet mask, and so routing table) of any IP equipment of the network (BSC included) may impact the ongoing traffic. Usually, the change is also to be done accordingly in the gateway(s). As consequence, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to shut down the traffic before any change. No No
113 / 1278
4 IP Telecom Parameters
Traffic mode of the MSC server. 0: load sharing mode (ie the traffic is distributed over all the active IPSPs) 1 :override mode (ie only one of the IPSPs handle the traffic) 2: broadcast mode (ie all the active IPSPs receive the same messages) - The value "broadcast mode" is not allowed. - When the MSC TRAFFIC_MODE is in load sharing, the number of SCTP endpoints configured in the ASIG_SCTP_ENDPOINT_LIST must be equal or greater than MIN_NB_ACTIVE_ Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC MSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. - The broadcast mode is not supported by the BSS. - Parameter change: Before any modification of the TRAFFIC_MODE, If the Aflex feature is enabled, Alcatel-Lucent recommends to firstly set the concerned MSC into the "off loaded" state in order to redirect the new traffic towards other MSCs. Then, the operator must lock all the A Signalling Links (ASL) of the modified MSC. Under some circumstances (e.g. that MSC is the only MSC still operational, ie in IT or FIT, state among all the MSCs connected to a BSC), the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked too. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the TRAFFIC_MODE, the locked objects must be unlocked and be "on loaded" again to reopen the telecom service. No No
114 / 1278
115 / 1278
Time it takes to ADDR_TR to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the address error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
116 / 1278
Address error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 60
No No
117 / 1278
Guard time for detection of SDCCH/TCH autocleaning procedure. step size = 1 sec - In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0. - Alcatel-Lucent recommends to configure the present BSS guard timer strictly greater than Max(RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS, RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR) x 0.480 sec of any cells of the BSS in order to let the radio link failure defence mechanism ended before internal cleanup. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 40
External Comment
118 / 1278
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. BF_HI_RX > BF_LO_RX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
119 / 1278
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from normal to busy condition. BF_HI_TX > BF_LO_TX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 16
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
120 / 1278
Threshold on LAPD RX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. BF_LO_RX < BF_HI_RX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
121 / 1278
Threshold on LAPD TX buffers occupancy for transition from busy to normal condition. BF_LO_TX < BF_HI_TX Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
122 / 1278
Controls format of cell identifications sent to the MSC. 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Alcatel recommend to set the CGI_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 2G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
123 / 1278
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is decremented upon T_COUNT_I expiry. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
124 / 1278
Leaky bucket counter threshold used to trigger defense actions upon TCU overload. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
125 / 1278
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 1. COUNT_INCR_1 <= COUNT_INCR_2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
126 / 1278
Stepsize by which the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload is incremented upon TCU overload level 2. COUNT_INCR_2 >= COUNT_INCR_1 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
127 / 1278
Time in which CRC_TR is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the CRC error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
128 / 1278
CRC error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 50
No No
129 / 1278
Defines if the G1 non-capable MS is supported or not in the network 0: G1 non-capable MS-s are only supported in the cells where the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band). 1: G1 non-capable MS-s are not supported in any cell that contains at least one G1 TRX of the network (Note these MS-s are still supported in other cells). When EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY is set to "0", if the BCCH is not configured on the G1 band (i.e. BCCH is configured on PGSM band or on DCS1800 band), then: 1) the OMC-R does not allow the operator to define the CCCH, SDCCH and CBCH on a G1 TRX. 2) TRX_PREF_MARK must be <> 0 for a hopping G1 TRX. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
No No
130 / 1278
When set, this flag allows, when bugged MS asking for a "dual rate, half-rate preferred", to allocate a full rate channel. 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
131 / 1278
Maximum LAPD transmission queue length. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 204 Default 105
No No
132 / 1278
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is decremented on T_LB_OV expiry. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
133 / 1278
Stepsize by which a leaky bucket overload counter in the BSC is incremented each time an OVERLOAD is received from the FU. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
134 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
135 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
136 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
137 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
138 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
139 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
140 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
141 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
142 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
143 / 1278
Percentage of MEASUREMENT RESULT messages discarded by the TCU at step I. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
144 / 1278
Maximum number of BLOCK messages that can be sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. 255: infinite transmission Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
145 / 1278
Number of steps needed to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 1. NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 <= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
146 / 1278
Number of steps to reduce the load upon TCU overload level 2. NBR_STEPS_OVRL_2 >= NBR_STEPS_OVRL_1 Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
No No
147 / 1278
Maximum number of UNBLOCK messages that are sent if the ACK from the MSC is not received. 255: infinite transmission Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
148 / 1278
Time in which PROT_TH is to be reached to report an alarm. On timeout, the protocol error counter is reset. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
149 / 1278
Protocol error threshold for alarm detection. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
No No
150 / 1278
Maximum number of measured neighbour frequencies, reported by the BTS to the BSC in the Radio Measurements. The actual number, reported by a TRE, depends on its generation. One frequency, identified by one (BCCH frequency/BSIC) couple, is reported into one CI vector. Configuring a multiple of 14 as value allows optimizing the block usage in the RMS measurements returned to OMC in the performance counters. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 42 Maximum 154 Default 84
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Significant only if EN_MORE_RMS_BCCH_BSIC is enabled. - A G3 TRE supports up to 84 (BCCH frequency/BSIC) couples; others up to 154 couples. No No
151 / 1278
Period used to average the processor occupancy measurements. 8 bits, step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 10
No No
152 / 1278
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is high. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
153 / 1278
Delay added to SDCCH internal release when TCU processor load is low. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
154 / 1278
This flag enables/disables SMS support. 0: SMS permitted, 1: SMS inhibited Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
155 / 1278
This parameter inditifies the numbering plan of the Signalling Point Code. coded over 4 bits.only values 0, 4, 8 and 12 are defined : Value = 0, international network; Value = 4, Spare, reserved for international use; Value = 8, National network; Value = 12 , Reserved for national use Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 12 Default 12
Coding rules
External Comment
SSF (Sub-Service Field) is composed of 4 bits: 2bits for Network Indicator and 2 spare bits. No No
156 / 1278
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Establishment procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 4
No No
157 / 1278
Supervision of the SAPI 3 Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 4
No No
158 / 1278
Defines the maximum period during which the BSC tries to connect to the CBC before issueing an alarm or returning CMD-MODE Resp. step size: 1 sec T_CBC_READY > 8 * T_CONNECT Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 600 Default 300
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
159 / 1278
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to TCU overload. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
160 / 1278
Duration of SSP or SPI condition that triggers an Internal Reset procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Some "slow" MSC (e.g. legacy MSC) may take more than one minute to reply the BSC request (e.g. the SST message sent by the BSC). If the BSC is connected to such kind of "slow" MSC, increasing the T_i value up to 120 seconds may be necessary. Otherwise after T_i expiry, the BSC triggers an unexpected Internal Reset procedure. This leads to telecom outage for several minutes. No No
161 / 1278
Supervision of the leaky bucket counter used during the reaction to FU overload. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
162 / 1278
Minimum delay between two consecutive OVERLOAD messages sent to the MSC. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 6553.5 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
163 / 1278
Supervision of the RF Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 5
No No
164 / 1278
Maximum waiting time to get a response from the BTS to a primitive. step size = 1 sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
No No
165 / 1278
This timer defines the time that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message indicating that the TCH resource allocated to a DTM capable MS is being released at the BSC side, the MFS shall wait before releasing the TCH resource in its turn. step size = 100 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 1000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The value "0" indicates that, upon reception of a BSCGP BSC Shared DTM Information Indication message, the MFS shall release immediately the related TCH resource. No No
166 / 1278
Delay during which, after reception of an OVERLOAD from the BTS, a new OVERLOAD is ignored. step size = 0.1sec T1_0858 < T2_0858 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6553.5 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
167 / 1278
Minimum delay between debarring of an access class, in the case where the BTS stops sending OVERLOAD. step size = 0.1sec T2_0858 > T1_0858 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
168 / 1278
Supervision of the SCCP connection release procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 10
No No
169 / 1278
Supervision of the Channel Activation procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
No No
170 / 1278
Supervision of the Physical Context procedure. step size = 0.1sec Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
No No
171 / 1278
Guards the response of the MSC when no resources are allocated to the SCCP connection (started on the reception of CONN_IND(SCCP_CON_REQ) not carrying a HANDOVER REQUEST message and stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST message is received on the same SCCP connection as the SCCP_CON_REQ message). Guards also the response of the MSC when a HANDOVER FAILURE or ASSIGNMENT FAILURE message has been sent (stopped when a HANDOVER REQUEST or CLEAR COMMAND message is received). step size = 0.1sec T9110 << max [T(ias), T(iar)]. Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
172 / 1278
Periodicity of TCH usage information update in the BSC. stepsize = 0.1 Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 25.5 Default 5
No No
173 / 1278
Counter threshold for triggering global defence actions in the BSC upon FU overload. Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 50 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
174 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 0. THRESHOLD_1_0 >= THRESHOLD_2_0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
175 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 1. THRESHOLD_1_1 >= THRESHOLD_2_1 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 28
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
176 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 10. THRESHOLD_1_10 >= THRESHOLD_2_10 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 55
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
177 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 2. THRESHOLD_1_2 >= THRESHOLD_2_2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 31
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
178 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 3. THRESHOLD_1_3 >= THRESHOLD_2_3 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 34
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
179 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 4. THRESHOLD_1_4 >= THRESHOLD_2_4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 37
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
180 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 5. THRESHOLD_1_5 >= THRESHOLD_2_5 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
181 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 6. THRESHOLD_1_6 >= THRESHOLD_2_6 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 43
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
182 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 7. THRESHOLD_1_7 >= THRESHOLD_2_7 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 46
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
183 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 8. THRESHOLD_1_8 >= THRESHOLD_2_8 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 49
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
184 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "no overload" condition and "overload level 1" condition when pointer P points at position 9. THRESHOLD_1_9 >= THRESHOLD_2_9 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 52
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
185 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 0. THRESHOLD_2_0 <= THRESHOLD_1_0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
186 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 1. THRESHOLD_2_1 <= THRESHOLD_1_1 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
187 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 10. THRESHOLD_2_10 <= THRESHOLD_1_10 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 52
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
188 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 2. THRESHOLD_2_2 <= THRESHOLD_1_2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 28
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
189 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 3. THRESHOLD_2_3 <= THRESHOLD_1_3 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 31
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
190 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 4. THRESHOLD_2_4 <= THRESHOLD_1_4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 34
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
191 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 5. THRESHOLD_2_5 <= THRESHOLD_1_5 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 37
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
192 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 6. THRESHOLD_2_6 <= THRESHOLD_1_6 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
193 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 7. THRESHOLD_2_7 <= THRESHOLD_1_7 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 43
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
194 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 8. THRESHOLD_2_8 <= THRESHOLD_1_8 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 46
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
195 / 1278
Free buffer thresholds separating "overload level 1" condition and "overload level 2" condition when pointer P points at position 9. THRESHOLD_2_9 <= THRESHOLD_1_9 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 49
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
196 / 1278
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load increaseby the local overload controller. step size = 0.1sec TL_TCUA >TS_TCUA Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 50 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
197 / 1278
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Low Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL0 and less than TL3." The TCU is in "No Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is less than TL0. TL0 < TL3 < TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
198 / 1278
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to decrement pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. TL1 < TL2 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
199 / 1278
BSC processor occupancy threshold used to increment pointer P on buffer occupancy thresholds. TL3 > TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
200 / 1278
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level: 1) In upward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "High Overload" state if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 2) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is still in "Very High Overload" State if "TL3 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL4"; 3) In downward direction, the TCU Overload State is in "Low Overload" state if "TL0 <= TCU Processor Occupancy Level < TL3. T0 < TL3 < TL4 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 75
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
201 / 1278
Threshold on TCU Processor Occupancy Level. The TCU is in "Very High Overload" state if its Processor Occupancy Level is higher or equal to TL4. TL4 > TL3 > TL0 Network (CDE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 95
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
202 / 1278
Controls if local overload controller is triggered upon SDCCH overload. 1 for TCU, 0 for others Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC proc Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
This parameter is set by default to 1 for TCUs. It shall be set to 0 for other BSC processors No No
203 / 1278
Minimum delay between two consecutive TCU load reduction by the local overload controller. step size = 0.1sec TS_TCUA < TL_TCUA Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 50 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
204 / 1278
Window size for level averages for handover. A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC. A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
205 / 1278
Window size for level averages for microcell handover. A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 2
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 2 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
206 / 1278
Window size for level averages for power control. A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 A_LEV_HO = 2 x A_LEV_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 4
No No
207 / 1278
Window size for neighbour cell level averages for forced directed retry. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 4
No No
208 / 1278
Window size for averaging neighbour cell levels and averaging current cell levels for power budget calculation. A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 A_PBGT_HO = 2 x A_LEV_HO Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 16
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
should be set to 6 in suburban area, to 8 in urban area and to 12 in rural area Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 12 12 12 12 6 12 12 12
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
209 / 1278
Quality averaging window size for AMR-NB FR-to-HR channel adaptation (handover Cause 27). step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 61 Default 61
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
210 / 1278
Quality averaging window size for AMR-NB HR-to-FR channel adaptation. step size = 1 Samfr A_QUAL_CA_FR_HR >= A_QUAL_CA_HR_FR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 61 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
211 / 1278
Window size for quality averages for handover. A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
212 / 1278
Window size for quality averages for power control. A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 A_QUAL_HO = 2 x A_QUAL_PC Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 4
No No
213 / 1278
Window size for distance averages. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
No No
214 / 1278
Window size for load averages. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 12
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 8 t04 8 t05 12 t06 12 t07 12 t08 12 t09 12 t010 12 t011 12 t012 12
215 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 0 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
216 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 1 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
217 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 11 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
218 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 12 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
219 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 13 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
220 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 14 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
221 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 15 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
222 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 2 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
223 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 3 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
224 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 4 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
225 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 5 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
226 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 6 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
227 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 7 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
228 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 8 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
229 / 1278
Indicates if Access Class 9 is barred. 0: not barred, 1: barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
230 / 1278
Enables/disables the addition of the legacy HR codec type in the list of supported codec type provided to the TFO remote partner for a given AMR-NB call, when that call is currently established in Half Rate for cell load reason and when TFO is possible for that call (TFO on AMR-NB supported by the TC and configured in the cell). 0: HR SV1 is never provided in the list of supported codec types. 1: HR SV1 may be provided (if supported by the MS and configured in the cell) in the list of supported codec types, in addition to HR SV3. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
- Significant if EN_TFO_AMR_NB is enabled - TFO on AMR-NB function is available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted. Change applied only on new AMR-NB call allocated in Half Rate after modification No No
231 / 1278
Indicates if C2 cell selection parameters are present in SYS_INFO_7&8 or SYS_INFO_4. 1bit; 0= the SI 4 rest octets, if present, are used to derive the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters. 1= the value of PI and possibly C2 parameters in a SYS INFO TYPE or message 8 are used Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
232 / 1278
Flag to enable pre-emption of Paging sub-channels for Access Grant messages when there is one remaining free AGCH block. 0 = disabled, 1 = enabled Lets define the free AGCH blocks as the number of blocks remaining for the AGCH messages when the BCCH extended block and NCH blocks have been excluded. - If there is no free AGCH block then the flag is not used (pre-emption mandatory, default value 0 is not used by BTS ) - If there is only one free AGCH block then AG_PREMPT_PCH =1 or 0 (pre-emption allowed) - If there is more than one free AGCH then AG_PREMPT_PCH = 0 (pre-emption forbidden). Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
233 / 1278
Controls whether a queued request can be allocated on free resource at expiry of its queuing timer independently of the threshold NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
234 / 1278
Hysteresis for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1...3). The recommended value for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 8, 9, 10, 12 and 14: 2 dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
235 / 1278
Bitmap (8 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB FR calls (up to 4 codecs selected by the operator or codecs associated to the selected preferred AMR configuration). bit 8 (most significant)=1: 12,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 7=1: 10,2 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 6=1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset. AMR configuration 0 is composed of the codec: 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 1 is composed of the codec: 12.20, 7.40, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 2 is composed of the codec: 5.90 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 3 is composed of the codec: 6.70 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 4 is composed of the codec: 7.40 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 5 is composed of the codec: 7.95 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 6 is composed of the codec: 10.20 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 7 is composed of the codec: 12.20 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 8 is composed of the codec: 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 9 is composed of the codec: 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 10 is composed of the codec: 7.40, 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 12 is composed of the codec: 10.20, 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 14 is composed of the codec: 12.20, 7.95, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec (The list of all the 16 standardized AMR-NB FR configurations are given in 3GPP TS 28.062)
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). The AMR configuration 1 is especially recommended for calls between GERAN and UMTS, because it leads in all call cases to TFO/TrFO compatible connections with optimal voice quality. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS
Recommended rules
236 / 1278
Value
Unit None
Minimum 1
Maximum 240
Default 164
External Comment
- Default value corresponds to an optimal codec subset:12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s - The AMR-NB FR configurations 11, 13 and 15 (allowing the optimization mode) are not supported by the Alcatel-Lucent BSS. No No
237 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_1 <= AMR_FR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_1 <= 16dB. The recommended value for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 8, 9, 10, 12 and 14: 4 dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 6.5
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
238 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 >= AMR_FR_THR_1 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_2 <= 16dB. The recommended values for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter are: AMR configuration 1 and 14: 6.5 dB; AMR configuration 9, 10 and 12: 5.5 dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11.5
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
239 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB FR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_FR_THR_3 >= AMR_FR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_FR_HYST + AMR_FR_THR_3 <= 16dB. The recommended values for the preferred AMR FR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_FR_AMR_NB parameter are: AMR configuration 1 and 14: 11.5 dB; AMR configuration 10: 6.5 dB; AMR configuration 12: 8 dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11.5
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (12.2kbit/s, 7.95kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s). AMR_FR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR FR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_FR is set to TRUE. No No
240 / 1278
Hysteresis for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_i <= 16dB (with i = 1...3). The recommended value for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 8, 9, 10: 2 dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
241 / 1278
Bitmap (6 bits) defining the codec subset that shall be used for AMR-NB HR calls (up to 4 codecs selected by the operator or codecs associated to the selected preferred AMR configuration). Coded on 1 byte. bit 8 (most significant) = 0 bit 7 = 0; bit 6 =1: 7,95 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 5=1: 7,40 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 4=1: 6,70 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 3=1: 5,90 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 2=1: 5,15 kbit/s is part of the subset; bit 1 (least significant)=1: 4,75 kbit/s is part of the subset; AMR configuration 0 is composed of the codec: 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 1 is composed of the codec: 7.40, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 2 is composed of the codec: 5.90 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 3 is composed of the codec: 6.70 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 8 is composed of the codec: 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 9 is composed of the codec: 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec AMR configuration 10 is composed of the codec: 7.40, 6.70, 5.90 and 4.75 Kbit/sec (The list of all the 9 standardized AMR-NB HR configurations are given in 3GPP TS 28.062)
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
- In one subset a maximum of 4 codec modes can be chosen (a maximum of 4 bits can be set to 1). - The subset shall not contain only 7.4 kbit/s codec mode. As consequence, the AMR configuration 4 is forbidden too. The AMR configuration 1 is especially recommended for calls between GERAN and UMTS, because it leads in all call cases to TFO/TrFO compatible connections with optimal voice quality. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 60 Default 22
Recommended rules
242 / 1278
External Comment
- Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). - The codec mode 7.95 kbit/s (and AMR configuration 5, as consequence) is not supported by the Alcatel-Lucent BSS. No No
243 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_1 <= AMR_HR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_1 <= 16dB. The recommended values for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter are: AMR configuration 1, 9 and 10: 10.5 dB; AMR configuration 8: 11 dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 11
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_1 is not used if less than 2 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
244 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and third lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 >= AMR_HR_THR_1 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_2 <= 16dB. The recommended value for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 1, 9 and 10: 12 dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 12.5
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_2 is not used if less than 3 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
245 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB HR codec mode adaptation between third lowest codec mode and fourth lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB AMR_HR_THR_3 >= AMR_HR_THR_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_HR_HYST + AMR_HR_THR_3 <= 16dB. The recommended value for the preferred AMR HR configurations given in 3GPP TS 28.062 and selected via the PREF_CONFIG_HR_AMR_NB parameter is: AMR configuration 10: 13 dB. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 12.5
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the optimal default codec subset (7.4kbit/s, 5.9kbit/s, 5.15kbit/s). AMR_HR_THR_3 is not used if less than 4 codecs are in the AMR HR subset. Significant only if EN_AMR_HR is set to TRUE. No No
246 / 1278
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB FR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
When the TFO function is enabled in case of AMR narrow band codec (EN_TFO_AMR_NB) in the cell, the Alcatel-Lucent BSS always considers the implicit rule is used for the initial codec mode. No No
247 / 1278
Indicates the codec used at the beginning of a AMR-NB HR call, until codec mode adaptation is started by the BTS. 0: implicit rule is used for initial codec mode; 1: lowest codec mode of the subset; 2: second lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than one codec mode); 3: third lowest codec mode (used if the subset contains more than two codec modes); 4: highest codec mode (used if the subset contains four codec modes) If AMR_START_MODE_HR is explicit (I.e. not equal to 0), the chosen codec mode shall not correspond to 7.40 kbit/s. Use codec mode 6.7 kbit/s as start mode for AMR-NB HR should be avoided. Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
External Comment
When the TFO function is enabled in case of AMR narrow band codec (EN_TFO_AMR_NB) in the cell, the Alcatel-Lucent BSS always considers the implicit rule is used for the initial codec mode. No No
248 / 1278
Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2.5
Recommended rules
No No
249 / 1278
Hysteresis for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation, for transition between highest codec mode and second lowest codec mode step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 15 = 7.5 dB AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1<=AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 +AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rules is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 7.5 Default 2.5
Recommended rules
No No
250 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between lowest codec mode and second lowest codec mode. step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 <= AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 <= 16dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 6
Recommended rules
No No
251 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-WB GMSK codec mode adaptation between second lowest codec mode and highest codec mode step size=0.5 dB; 0 = 0.0 dB, 1 = 0.5 dB, ..., 63 = 31.5 dB - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1 < AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 - AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_1+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_1 <= AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2+AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 As the BTS is not able to compute C/I values higher than 16 dB, following rule is highly recommended : AMR_WB_GMSK_HYST_2 + AMR_WB_GMSK_THR_2 <= 16dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.5 Default 8
Recommended rules
No No
252 / 1278
This flag enables/disables access class automatic barring upon BTS/BSC overload. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
253 / 1278
This flag enables/inhibits automatic barring of cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
254 / 1278
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of Emergency Class. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
255 / 1278
This flag enables/disables automatic barring of access classes on TCH load criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
256 / 1278
Number of BLOCK/UNBLOCK messages sent in one burst. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 35 Default 5
257 / 1278
BTS colour code of the cell. coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
258 / 1278
BTS colour code of the cell. coded over 3 bits Equal to BCC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
259 / 1278
BTS colour code of the adjacent cell. coded over 3 bits Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
260 / 1278
Indicates the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the frequency used as BCCH in the adjacent cell. The coded default value of -1 is for implementation purposes only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any BCCH yet. - BCCH_ARFCN(n)(BSC) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)(MFS) For Evolium serving cell: - there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for reselection (no matter the 2G/3G neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection) . - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover.
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
No No
261 / 1278
Indicates the Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number of the frequency used as BCCH in the adjacent cell. - BCCH_ARFCN(n)(BSC) = BCCH_ARFCN(n)(MFS) For Evolium serving cell: - there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for reselection (no matter the 2G/3G neighborhood of the serving cell for reselection) . - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is 2G only, then there can be up to 32 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover.
Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1023 Default None
No No
262 / 1278
This flag enables / disables the use of extended BCCH. 0: false, 1:true -When EN_SOLSA is enabled, the BCCH_EXT shall be set to true. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS The support of extended BCCH (parameter BCCH_EXT) is HIGHLY recommended in cells having adjacent cells in several frequency bands and at least 18 adjacent BCCH within the same band. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Recommended rules
No No
263 / 1278
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH). coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
External Comment
- Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 - For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts Paging (paging queues are reset and paging is suspended until the reconfiguration is completed). No No
264 / 1278
Supervision of the BS Power Control procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
265 / 1278
Minimum delay between two consecutive BS power commands. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 1
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 1
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
266 / 1278
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group. coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 9 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
267 / 1278
This parameter defines the power reduction, expressed in 0.1dB, applied on the output power (after leveling). In a concentric or multi-band cell, this attenuation applies on the output power of the TRX(s) of the outer zone. step size = 0.1dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.9 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
268 / 1278
This parameter defines the power reduction, expressed in 0.1dB, applied on the output power of the TRX(s) of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell (after leveling). step size = 0.1dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 31.9 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The parameter value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
269 / 1278
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. It is always set to 0 by the OMC. A finer power attenuation, BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION defined in step of 0.1dB, is managed instead. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the sector maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). No No
270 / 1278
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. It is always set to 0 by the OMC. A finer power attenuation, BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION_INNER defined in step of 0.1dB, is managed instead. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the sector maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). The parameter value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes.
271 / 1278
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
272 / 1278
This parameter defines the maximum value of the power attenuation (so the minimum allowed transmission power) relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. step size = 2dB. 0: 0 dB, 1: -2dB, ..., 15: -30dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default -24
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
273 / 1278
BSC X25 primary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference OMC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default *
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
274 / 1278
First character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
275 / 1278
Tenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
276 / 1278
Eleventh character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
277 / 1278
Twelfth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
278 / 1278
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
279 / 1278
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
280 / 1278
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
281 / 1278
Second character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
282 / 1278
Third character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
283 / 1278
Fourth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
284 / 1278
Fifth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
285 / 1278
Sixth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
286 / 1278
Seventh character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
287 / 1278
Eighth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
288 / 1278
Ninth character of BSC X25 primary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
289 / 1278
BSC X25 secondary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference OMC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default *
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
290 / 1278
First character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
291 / 1278
Tenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
292 / 1278
Eleventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
293 / 1278
Twelfth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
294 / 1278
Thirteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
295 / 1278
Fourteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
296 / 1278
Fifteenth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
297 / 1278
Second character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
298 / 1278
Third character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
299 / 1278
Fourth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
300 / 1278
Fifth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
301 / 1278
Sixth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
302 / 1278
Seventh character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
303 / 1278
Eighth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
304 / 1278
Ninth character of BSC X25 secondary address. 1character of a string. default = blank character changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 20
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
305 / 1278
Enables/disables the RF RESOURCE INDICATION processing by the BSC. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
306 / 1278
Concatenation of the NCC and the BCC. Site (CAE) Abstract BSC cell Unit None Minimum # Maximum # Default #
No No
307 / 1278
Maximum number of Assignment Requests and Handover Requests that can be queued simultaneously. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 6 t04 6 t05 10 t06 10 t07 10 t08 10 t09 10 t010 10 t011 10 t012 10
308 / 1278
This flag indicates to the MS if call reestablishment is allowed in the cell. 0: allowed, 1: not allowed Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
309 / 1278
Identifies the higher protocol selector for an outgoing connection. 0 to 16 bytes string Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Each byte of the string can get a value in the range [0..255]. No No
310 / 1278
Priority of the cell n in the HO candidate cell evaluation process. 0: highest priority, 5: lowest priority Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 0
No No
311 / 1278
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a "general capture" handover. 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
312 / 1278
CBC X25 primary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
313 / 1278
CBC X25 secondary address. 0 to 15 characters string. *: default = empty string changeable if SMSCB_STATE=disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32
External Comment
The minimum, maximum and default values indicated are only for implementation purposes. No No
314 / 1278
Identifies the CBC operator. 0 to 20 characters string (default = empty string) are sent by the OMC on the OMC/BSC interface . BSC performs the padding of OMC string with space characters on the right side of the string until 20 bytes are reached. At Upload, OMC RNL removes padded space characters from the retrieved BSC value. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 32
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
315 / 1278
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
316 / 1278
Maximum number of outstanding primitives on the BSC/CBC interface for both incoming and outgoing primitives. Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled shall be set to "1" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
External Comment
Default value corresponds to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, CBC_Window should be set to 3. No No
317 / 1278
Minimum delay between two consecutive sendings of CCCH LOAD INDICATION messages. step size=1 (51mfr) RACHRT > RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 51mfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 255
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
318 / 1278
Period over which CCCH load measurements are made. step size=1 RACH_LOAD_MEAS_PER < RACHRT Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 51mfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 32
No No
319 / 1278
Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for an OMC own cell. Used for cell default parameter template. Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11) - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. Site (CAE) Abstract OMC cell Unit None Minimum * Maximum * Default #
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
*: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer No No
320 / 1278
Combination of CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE, CELL_LAYER_TYPE, CELL_PARTITION_TYPE, CELL_RANGE for an adjacent cell (OMC own cell or OMC external cell). Single (0), Concentric (1), Umbrella (2), Micro (3), Umbrella Concentric (4), Mini (5), Extended Inner (6), Extended Outer (7), Mini Concentric (8), Micro Concentric (9), Indoor (10), Indoor Concentric(11), GAN(12) - EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC (respectively RAC when they are PS capable). - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The "GAN" value is allowed only for external cells Site (CAE) Abstract OMC cell Unit None Minimum * Maximum * Default #
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
*: possible values are: - Single - Umbrella - Umbrella Concentric - Micro - Mini - Micro Concentric - Mini Concentric - Indoor - Indoor Concentric (labelled "Indoor Multiband" on the HMI) - Extended Inner - Extended Outer - GAN No No
321 / 1278
Indicates the priority of the cell for cell selection. 0: normal priority, 1: low priority Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
322 / 1278
List of flag indicating what are the ciphering algorithms allowed by the operator (each bit represents an A5 algorithm). When several algorithms can be selected (depending on network configuration, MS capabilities and operator choice), the one with the highest A5 number is used. Coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is permitted. Bit x=0 : algorithm A5/x not permitted Bit x=1 : algorithm A5/x permitted bit 0 : A5/0 (no ciphering) bit 1 : A5/1. bit 2 : A5/2 bit 3 : A5/3 bit 4 : A5/4 ... bit 7 : A5/7.
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
The possible values are : - A5/0 - A5/0 + A5/1 - A5/0 + A5/1 +A5/3 - The value A5/0 + A5/3 is not allowed because today not all mobiles support A5/3. - If CELL_CIPH_SET does not allow the A5/3 usage in the cell, then EN_A53_PREF_ALLOC_STRATEGY cannot be enabled.
Site (CAE) Bitmap BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 1
External Comment
A5/2 is not supported by the BSS. In cells where EN_DTM = enabled, the algorithm A5/3 is not used for MS, DTM capable but not supporting ciphering changes in DTM mode.
323 / 1278
No No
324 / 1278
Handover cell evaluation process applied in the cell. 0: Order, 1: Grade Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1) order (0) grade (1) grade (1) grade (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
325 / 1278
Level hysteresis for cell reselection applied when the new cell is in a different location area or, for a GPRS MS, in a different routing area, or when a GPRS MS is in GMM ready state. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits (000 : 0 dB, 111 : 14 dB) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. No No
326 / 1278
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
No No
327 / 1278
Indicates to the MS if parameters for C2 reselection criterion are broadcast. 0: not present, 1: present Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
328 / 1278
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
329 / 1278
Cell Identity of adjacent cell. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to CI(n)(MFS) Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
330 / 1278
Specific Cell Identity to be broadcasted in the SI3 and SI6 messages instead of the value of the other O&M parameter "CI". When set to "0", it indicates that the feature is de-activated, i.e the existing CI is sent in SI3 and SI6 messages Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI3 messages and in dedicated SI6 messages of the current calls. No No
331 / 1278
Circuit Identity Code of an A interface circuit. Coded over 16 bits: top 11 bits = pcm number, remaining 5 bits = TS number Site (CAE) Reference BSC A ch Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
332 / 1278
Correction factor favouring handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is high in the serving cell and low in neighbour cell(s). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 24 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
333 / 1278
Correction factor penalizing handover cause "Power budget" when traffic is low in the serving cell and high in neighbour cell(s). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 24 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 4 dB (4) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5) 5 dB (5)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
334 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the execution of Directed Retry. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
335 / 1278
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-WB GMSK speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK enabled - The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
336 / 1278
This flag defines if downlink DTX is allowed for FR and EFR calls. 0: DTX not allowed, 1: DTX allowed - should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
337 / 1278
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB FR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR FR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR FR enabled - The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
338 / 1278
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for AMR-NB HR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for AMR HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for AMR HR enabled - The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
339 / 1278
This flag enables / disables the use of downlink DTX for HR speech calls. 0 : DL DTX for HR disabled, 1 : DL DTX for HR enabled - should be enabled when EN_TFO = 1 - If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
340 / 1278
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM Phase 1 and 2 for FR. Applies for all codec types except AMR-NB and AMR-WB. 0: MS May Use DTX for FR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Enumerated OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
No No
341 / 1278
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB FR. 0: MS may use DTX for AMR-NB FR, 1: MS shall use DTX for AMR-NB FR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR-NB FR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 Site (CAE) Enumerated OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
No No
342 / 1278
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 for HR. Applies for all codec types except AMR-NB and AMR-WB. 0: MS May Use DTX for HR 1: MS Shall Use DTX for HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR are possible (FR/HR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR = may, I.e. shall not/may. Site (CAE) Enumerated OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
No No
343 / 1278
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only for AMR-NB HR. 0: MS may use DTX for AMR-NB HR, 1: MS shall use DTX for AMR-NB HR, 2: MS shall not use DTX for AMR-NB HR The following combinations between DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR / DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR are possible (FR_AMR / HR_AMR): may/shall, may/shall not, may/may, shall/shall, shall/shall not, shall/may, shall not/shall and shall not/shall not. The only combination that is NOT allowed is: DTX_INDICATOR_FR_AMR = shall not and DTX_INDICATOR_HR_AMR = may, I.e. shall not/may. The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_NB =1 Site (CAE) Enumerated OMC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
No No
344 / 1278
Controls uplink DTX usage for GSM phase 2 MS. Applies only to AMR-WB GMSK. 0= the MS may use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 1= the MS shall use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK, 2=the MS shall not use UL DTX for AMR-WB GMSK The value "1" is recommended when EN_TFO_AMR_WB =1 Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
345 / 1278
Step value for the modification (increasing or decreasing) of MIN_DWELL_TIME. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
346 / 1278
This parameter determines the cause filled in ASSIGNMENT FAILURE sent in case of External Directed Retry. coded over 8 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
347 / 1278
This parameter determines the order of transmission of ASSIGNMENT FAILURE and HANDOVER REQUIRED on the A interface in case of an External Directed Retry. 0: Ass Failure before HO Reqd, 1: Ass Failure after HO Reqd Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
348 / 1278
This flag indicates whether or not Assignment Request is maintained in queue during External Directed Retry attempt. 0: Request not maintained in queue, 1: Request maintained in queue Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
349 / 1278
This flag indicates whether ASSIGNMENT FAILURE is sent to the MSC in case of External Directed Retry. 0: Assignment Failure not sent, 1: Assignment Failure sent Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
350 / 1278
This flag indicates whether the operation of enhanced full rate (EFR) is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
351 / 1278
Indicates if Emergency calls are allowed for all access classes or only for access classes 11 to 15. 0: all access classes, 1: access classes 11 to 15 only Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
352 / 1278
Defines if the limitation of TRE is static or dynamic. For static limitation only Nb FR TRE + 2 x DR TRE < 200 is allowed. For dynamic limitation only Nb TRE < 200 is allowed. 0: static 1:dynamic Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
353 / 1278
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB FR-to-HR channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27). According to the load of the serving cell (high or normal), the handover is triggered with different thresholds values. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- When EN_TFO_AMR_NB is enabled in the cell, the cause 27 triggering will be automatically inhibited for the AMR-NB ongoing call with TFO (and uninhibited if TFO is given up for any reason). - When EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED is enabled, then the cause 27 triggering under normal load is automatically inhibited. No No
354 / 1278
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB FR-to-HR channel adaptation (Handover Cause 27) under high load only. 0: disabled 1: enabled EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED can be enabled only if EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR =1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- When EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR_ONLY_WHEN_LOADED is enabled, then the cause 27 triggering under normal load is automatically inhibited (even if EN_AMR_CA_FR_HR is enabled). No No
355 / 1278
This flag enables/disables intracell HO for AMR-NB channel adaptation (Handover Cause 26). 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_AMR_CA_HR_FR can be enabled only if {EN_AMR_FR=1 AND EN_AMR_HR=1} Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
When EN_TFO_AMR_NB is enabled in the cell, the cause 26 triggering will be automatically inhibited for the AMR-NB ongoing call with TFO (and uninhibited if TFO is given up for any reason). No No
356 / 1278
This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB full rate is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
357 / 1278
This flag controls whether or not AMR-NB half rate is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
358 / 1278
This flag controls whether or not AMR-WB GMSK is allowed in the cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
359 / 1278
This flag enables/disables to balance the C/I measure. 0:disable, 1: enable Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
360 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "too high level in outer zone" handover cause (cause 13). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A enable (1) enable (1) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
361 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred band. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
362 / 1278
This flag enables/disables BS Power Control. 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
363 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the sending of Circuit group messages. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
364 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "distance" handover cause (cause 6). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
365 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EDR is enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. No No
366 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the extended measurement reporting for Mobile Assisted Frequency Allocation. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
367 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the use of Fast traffic handovers. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
368 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the "Forced Directed Retry" handover cause detection. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
369 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the handover to GAN 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
370 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "general capture" handover cause (cause 24). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
371 / 1278
Enables/disables, when the cell is loaded, the support of the Half Rate allocation (at new call establishment and during inter-cell handover) for possible AMR-WB calls. This feature deals with the possible AMR-WB calls, ie calls for which AMR-WB is supported by the MS, and supported by the TC, and allowed by the MSC, and allowed in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
- Significant if EN_AMR_WB_GMSK is enabled - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, calls on going in the cell are not disrupted. Change applied only on new calls (establishment or handover) allocated in the cell after modification. No No
372 / 1278
Enables SS7 HSL (High speed Signalling Link). 0: HSL disabled 1: HSL enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Changeable on the BSC terminal. if EN_HSL = 1 the following new Q703 parameters: Q703_N1_HSL, Q_703_N2_HSL, Q703_T1_HSL, Q703_T4E_HSL and Q703_T4N_HSL replaces the old ones: Q703_N1, Q_703_N2, Q703_T1, Q703_T4E and Q703_T4N. No No
373 / 1278
This flag indicates if the Immediate Assignment Reject procedure is enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
This parameter is only valid for circuit switched traffic. For packet traffic (GPRS or EGPRS) sending of IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT messages cannot be disabled. No No
374 / 1278
This flag enables/disables incoming handovers in the cell. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
375 / 1278
This flag enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
376 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for non AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
377 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-NB calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell downlink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
378 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell downlink" handover cause (cause 16) for AMR-WB GMSK calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell downlink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
379 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for non AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
380 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-NB calls. 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
381 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "intracell uplink" handover cause (cause 15) for AMR-WB GMSK calls 0: disable, 1: enable It is recommended to disable this intracell uplink handover when frequency hopping is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
382 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the repetition of intracell handover attempts. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
383 / 1278
Flag to enable/disable the balancing of load between the inner and outer zone of a multiband cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
EN_LOAD_BALANCE significant only if EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO is enabled Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A disable (0) disable (0) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
384 / 1278
This flag indicates whether or not traffic load has to be taken into account when setting up the list of target cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
385 / 1278
This flag enables/disables channel selection according to Mobile Allocation criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
386 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink micro-cell" handover cause (cause 18). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
387 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink mirco-cell " handover cause (cause 17). 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
388 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "high level in neighbour lower or indoor cell" handover cause (cause 14). 0: disabled, 1: enabled In a lower layer cell, the flag shall be disabled if there is no indoor layer. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
389 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "consecutive bad SACCH frames" handover cause (cause 7). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) * enable (1) disable (0) * disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
390 / 1278
Enables/disables the "RMS improvement" feature, which allows reporting more than 42 neighbour frequencies per TRX in the 2G radio link measurements performed by the MS. When enabled, the parameter RMS_BCCH_BSIC_NB gives the maximum number of frequencies reported by the BTS. When disabled, that maximum is not configurable (42, per default). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
-Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. -Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted. But the RMS jobs, ongoing on the BTSs, are restarted (all data already collected are discarded). No No
391 / 1278
This flag enables/disables MS Power Control. 0: disabled1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
392 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands. 0 : function disabled, 1 : function enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
393 / 1278
This flag enables/disables filtering of candidate neighbour cells on HO_MARGIN_DIST/LEV/QUAL criterion. 0: disabled, 1: enabled This parameter must be set to disabled in case of extended cell Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) disable (0) enable (1) disable (0) disable (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
394 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "power budget" handover cause (cause 12). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
395 / 1278
Enables power saving on all TRXs in the cell. 0: the power saving is "disabled", 1: the power saving is "enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
If EN_POWER_SAVING is set to "enabled", the TRX dynamic power saving feature will be applied on all the TRXs in the cell belonging to G3, G4 or G5 TREs. The feature will however not be applied on the TRXs in the cell belonging to MC modules, due to the specific architecture of MC modules (unique power amplifier for all the TRXs). No No
396 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of handover cause 21 (high level in neighbour cell in the preferred band). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
397 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the use of the parameter PRIORITY(0,n) in the candidate cell evaluation process. 0: Priority(0,n) not taken into account, 1: Priority(0,n) taken into account Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
No No
398 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the Radio Link Recovery procedure. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1) enable (1)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
399 / 1278
Enables/disables the support of the "randomisation of fill bits in L2 message" feature on the DL Air interface of the cell. That feature brings more protection to voice calls using A5/1 encryption algorithm. 0: the DL randomisation is "disabled", 1: the DL randomisation is "enabled". Since a MS may move from one cell to another cell, the activation of the feature on few cells makes no sense. Alcatel-Lucent recommends on a large set of cells, like the BSS level. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going calls are not disrupted. Change applied only on new CS calls established after modification. No No
400 / 1278
Enables/Disables repeated downlink FACCH for AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls. 0: disabled 1: enabled for LAPDm command frames 2: enabled for LAPDm command frames, and also for LAPDm response frames (valid only for the MS having indicated the support of the feature by Repeated ACCH Capability bit=1). Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
Function available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
401 / 1278
Enables/Disables repeated SACCH for SAPI 0 frames in case of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls (for mobile station having indicated the support of the feature). 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Function available on BSC Evolution only. Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
402 / 1278
This flag determines if emergency handovers are directed preferentially to umbrella cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled, 2: indefinite Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A enable (1) disable (0) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
403 / 1278
Flag enabling the intracell handovers allowing to move TCH from the PS zone to the CS zone of PDCH/TCH allocation (intracell handover cause 30). Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
404 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level downlink" handover cause (cause 5). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
405 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "level uplink" handover cause (cause 3). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
406 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality downlink" handover cause (cause 4). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
407 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "quality uplink" handover cause (cause 2). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
408 / 1278
This flag controls "Current channel" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
409 / 1278
This flag controls "Speech version (used)" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE is not included, 1: IE is included Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
410 / 1278
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. 0: disabled, 1: enabled May be set to Enabled only if BCCH_EXT=TRUE. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
411 / 1278
This flag enables / disables SoLSA feature. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. No No
412 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the speed discrimination process. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) disable (0) * disable (0) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
413 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the TCH/VGCH pre-emption feature. If enabled, a point-to-point or voice group call with the pvi (pre-emption vulnerability indication) bit set might be pre-empted for a point-to-point or voice group call that has the pci (pre-emption capability indication) bit set if the concerned cell is in congestion state. 0:disabled, 1:enabled - EN_EXT_DR should be set to enable when EN_TCH_PREEMPT is set to enable. - If EN_VGCS = enabled , then Alcatel recommends to set EN_TCH_PREEMPT to enabled, otherwise to set the value of MIN_VGCS_TS to a value greater or equal to 2. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
In case one or more TCHs have been reserved for emergency handovers (NUM_TCH_EGNCY_HO > 0) in the concerned cell, the BSC will first try to use one of these resources before actually releasing an ongoing call with lower priority and the pvi bit set. In case the cell is congested, if EN_TCH_PREEMPT is enabled and the MSC does not allow the queing, the BSC will queue an incoming point-to-point request with pre-emption capability indicator set during at most T11_forced seconds for a normal assignment or during at most T_qho seconds for an handover request. For the voice group call request, the BSC will follow the MSC indicator. No No
414 / 1278
Flag to enable/ disable the use of the TFO function for FR, EFR and HR codec types. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
415 / 1278
Flag to enable/ disable the use of the TFO function in case of AMR-NB codec. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
416 / 1278
Flag to enable/ disable the use of the TFO function in case of AMR-WB GMSK codec. 0: disabled; 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
417 / 1278
This flag enables/disables TFO codec mismatch resolution function (for FR, EFR, HR, AMR-NB and AMR-WB codecs). 0: disabled; 1: enabled - may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO=1 or if EN_TFO_AMR_WB=1 or if EN_TFO_AMR_NB=1 - May be set to 0 only if EN_TFO_OPT = 0 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
418 / 1278
This flag enables/disables TFO codec optimisation function. 0: disabled; 1: enabled may be set to 1 only if EN_TFO_MATCH=1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
419 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the detection of "traffic" handover cause (cause 23). 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
As the traffic load of cells external to the BSC is unknown, no HO cause 23 will be triggered towards these cells, even if EN_TRAFFIC_HO = 1. No No
420 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the sending of UNEQUIPPED CIRCUIT message. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
421 / 1278
This flag, when set, forces internal intercell handovers to be executed as external HO. 0: BSC performs internal HO, 1: MSC performs internal HO Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
422 / 1278
This flag indicates if the extended CBCH is used. 0: not used, 1: used shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Default value correspond to SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS1. If SMSCB_FEATURE_SET = FS2, Use_of_Extended_CBCH should be set to "Yes". No No
423 / 1278
Flag to forbid / allow AMR-NB or AMR-WB noise suppressor in the MS. 0: the MS can use AMR NS, 1: the MS shall not use AMR NS. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
424 / 1278
Forbid use of downlink DTX on non hopping TCH of the BCCH TRX. 0 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is allowed; 1 : DTX DL on non-hopping BCCH TRX is forbidden If there are some MC modules handled by the BSC for which "dynamic power allocation" is applied (cf. BOP), then it is recommended to enable the use of downlink DTX, so as to limit the potential degradations during the downlink transmissions on the TSs of the MC modules. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
425 / 1278
Flag to enable/disable the basic functions of Tandem Free Operation (TFO) for GSM FR SV1, FR SV2 and HR SV1 codec types when the current codec is AMR-NB FR or AMR-NB HR and when TFO is not possible for the current call (TFO on AMR-NB not supported by the TC or not configured in the cell). 0: disabled, no TFO negotiation if AMR-NB, FR or HR, is currently used; 1: enabled, TFO negotiation will start even if AMR-NB, FR or HR, is currently used
Coding rules
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR = 1 only if EN_TFO=1 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
FORCE_TFO_VS_AMR relevant only if (EN_AMR_FR = 1 or EN_AMR_HR = 1) AND (EN_TFO = 1) AND (EN_TFO_AMR_NB = 0 or not supported by the BSS) No No
426 / 1278
This flag enables/disables forced queuing for Assignment requests when queuing is not allowed by the MSC. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
427 / 1278
This flag enables/disables sending of "Classmark 3" IE to the MSC. 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
The value of this parameter depends on whether the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE or not: if the MSC supports the MS classmark 3 IE then the parameter shall be set to "1", otherwise the parameter shall be set to "0". No No
428 / 1278
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
429 / 1278
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_1 <= Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
430 / 1278
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_2 <= Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
431 / 1278
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_3 <= Freefactor_4 <= Freefactor_5 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
432 / 1278
Correction factor used in the cell evaluation process to take into account the number of free TCHs in the candidate cell. Freefactor_5 >= Freefactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
433 / 1278
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_1 < Freelevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 1 t02 2 t03 3 t04 3 t05 4 t06 5 t07 5 t08 6 t09 7 t010 7 t011 8 t012 8
434 / 1278
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 > Freelevel_1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 2 t02 3 t03 5 t04 6 t05 7 t06 9 t07 10 t08 12 t09 13 t010 14 t011 16 t012 17
435 / 1278
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 > Freelevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 7 t03 10 t04 12 t05 14 t06 17 t07 20 t08 23 t09 26 t010 28 t011 31 t012 34
436 / 1278
Boundary on free TCH number for determination of Freefactor of the cell. Freelevel_4 > Freelevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 6 t02 9 t03 12 t04 15 t05 21 t06 26 t07 30 t08 34 t09 38 t010 42 t011 47 t012 51
437 / 1278
Minimum number of free TCHs in neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Freelevel_DR > N_TCH_HO Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb See TRXnb 255 * 255 *
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 4 t02 4 t03 4 t04 4 t05 4 t06 4 t07 4 t08 4 t09 4 t010 4 t011 4 t012 4
438 / 1278
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the cell. 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
Mandatory rules
439 / 1278
Instance Value
External Comment
When the frequency range is changed from EGSM (resp. EGSM-DCS) to PGSM (resp. PGSM-DCS) or from PGSM (resp. PGSM-DCS) to EGSM (resp. EGSM-DCS), then all TRXs of the cell have the preserve call flag set to FALSE No No
440 / 1278
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (GAN cell excluded). 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. - If FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE(n) must be equal to "Concentric". - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE(n) is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Within the same PLMN, the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter of a given cell shall be selected among one of the following values: - PGSM (GSM900) or EGSM (GSM900) or DCS1800 or PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1800 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - GSM850 or DCS1900 if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands. No No
441 / 1278
This parameter indicates the frequency range of the adjacent cell (internal or external to the OMC). 0: PGSM (GSM 900), 1: DCS 1800, 2: EGSM, 3: DCS 1900, 4: PGSM-DCS1800, 5: EGSM-DCS1800, 6: GSM 850, 7: GAN, 8..255: for future use. The parameter shall be coded over 8 bits as a provision for future frequency bands support. - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM-DCS" then CELL_PARTITION_TYPE must be equal to "Concentric" . - if FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GAN" then CELL_RANGE must be equal to "GAN". - the value GAN is only allowed for the OMC external cells - The "micro concentric", "mini concentric" and "indoor concentric" cells must be multiband (the allowed FREQUENCY_RANGE is "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800"). This restriction does not apply to the external cells. - The frequency range of an extended inner cell has to be the same as the frequency range of the corresponding extended outer cell, where PGSM (0) and EGSM (2) are here considered as belonging to the same frequency range. The OMC-R checks the consistency between the setting of FREQUENCY_RANGE and PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameters: - At cell creation - When the value of FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter is modified. However, no check is performed when the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is modified. Only the following values of the FREQUENCY_RANGE parameter are allowed depending on the value of the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS parameter: - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1800" or "PGSM-DCS1800" or "EGSM-DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1800" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1800 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "GSM850" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM850 and DCS1900 bands", - FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM (GSM900)" or "EGSM (GSM900)" or "DCS1900" if the PLMN_FREQUENCY_BANDS is set to "GSM900 and DCS1900 bands".
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Site (CAE)
442 / 1278
No No
443 / 1278
This flag indicates the GSM Phase used by the BSC to format messages towards the MSC. 0: GSM Phase 1, 1: GSM Phase 2 Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
444 / 1278
High threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to reduce MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. step size = 10% H_LOAD_OBJ >= L_LOAD_OBJ Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 80 t02 80 t03 80 t04 80 t05 80 t06 80 t07 80 t08 80 t09 80 t010 80 t011 80 t012 80
445 / 1278
Maximum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. H_MIN_DWELL_TIME >= L_MIN_DWELL_TIME Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 20
No No
446 / 1278
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority, 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 10
No No
447 / 1278
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 15
No No
448 / 1278
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 14
No No
449 / 1278
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 13
No No
450 / 1278
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 12
No No
451 / 1278
List of access classes 11..15 and EC (=10) in their priority order. Priority 1 is the highest priority, Priority 6 is the lowest priority 10 (EC) is coded as 5, 11 (access class 11) is coded as 0, 12 (access class 12) is coded as 1, 13 (access class 13) is coded as 2, 14 (access class 14) is coded as 3, 15 (access class 15) is coded as 4. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 15 Default 11
No No
452 / 1278
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is high for circuit switched calls. HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD >= LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Default value depends on the number of TRX in the cell (see TRXnb default value). The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 80 t04 80 t05 80 t06 80 t07 80 t08 80 t09 80 t010 80 t011 80 t012 80
453 / 1278
Highest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 1023 Default -1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
RANGEi_HIGHER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE. Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) No No
454 / 1278
Maximum time a handover alarm is maintained while no more alarm condition is detected. step size = 2 x SACCH frames = 0.96s. Coded over 5 bits:0: 0s, 1: 0.96s, ..., 31: 29.76s Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Coding rules
No No
455 / 1278
Difference in power budget (PBGT) between cell(0) and cell(n) which is required for a power budget HO. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB 4 dB 5 dB 5 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
456 / 1278
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on distance handover causes. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 2 dB 5 dB 2 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
457 / 1278
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on level handover causes. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 2 dB 2 dB 0 dB 0 dB 5 dB 0 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
458 / 1278
Criterion for candidate neighbour cell filtering on quality handover causes Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 1 dB 5 dB 1 dB -29 dB 5 dB
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
459 / 1278
This flag controls if Half Rate TCH is enabled. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
460 / 1278
This flag indicates whether or not a transmission alarm triggers the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC). Note that the O&M activities are not dependent on this flag. 0: transmission alarms are not ignored and the telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are triggered; 1: transmission alarms are ignored and telecom defence activities (call release, blocking messages towards MSC) are not triggered; If BSS_TRANSPORT_MODE = IP, should be set to FALSE. Due to TDM switching on TC side, there is no more interaction between Atermux and ATR failures. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
461 / 1278
This flag indicates to the MS if IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
462 / 1278
This flag indicates to the MS whether IMSI Attach/detach procedure is allowed in the cell. 0: not allowed, 1: allowed Equal to ATT (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
463 / 1278
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is indefinite for circuit switched calls. IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 0 OR LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 45 t02 45 t03 60 t04 60 t05 60 t06 60 t07 60 t08 60 t09 60 t010 60 t011 60 t012 60
464 / 1278
Averaging period for interference measurements on idle TCH timeslots. step size=1 Samfr INTAVE < T_INTRF_L3 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
465 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the execution of all outgoing intercell handovers. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry No No
466 / 1278
Limit between interference band 1 and interference band 2. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD1 < INTFBD2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
No No
467 / 1278
Limit between interference band 2 and interference band 3. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 > INTFBD1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -95
No No
468 / 1278
Limit between interference band 3 and interference band 4. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 > INTFBD2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -90
No No
469 / 1278
Limit between interference band 4 and interference band 5. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm INTFBD5 > INTFBD4 > INTFBD3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
No No
470 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the execution of intracell handovers. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
Valid for both TCH and SDCCH. The flags specific to the TFO feature, I.e. EN_TFO, EN_TFO_MATCH, EN_TFO_OPT, EN_IPE_PREF_CODEC_TYPE, are set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. Additionally, the flag related to handover cause 30, EN_RETURN_CS_ZONE_HO is set independently of the flag HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED. The handovers for TFO reasons (cause 29) and RAE4 reasons (cause 30) can therefore be performed even if HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED = disabled. No No
471 / 1278
Indicates if the BSC tries to keep the same codec for internal incoming handovers. 0:free choice of the codec ; 1:try to maintain codec for TFO calls only; 2: try to maintain codec for all calls Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
472 / 1278
Low threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage to increase MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. step size = 10% L_LOAD_OBJ <= H_LOAD_OBJ Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A See TRXnb N/A See TRXnb N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 0 t02 10 t03 20 t04 40 t05 40 t06 40 t07 40 t08 40 t09 40 t010 40 t011 40 t012 40
473 / 1278
Minimum allowed value for MIN_DWELL_TIME variable. L_MIN_DWELL_TIME <= H_MIN_DWELL_TIME Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 8
No No
474 / 1278
Minimum received downlink level from cell n for umbrella to neighbour lower layer cell n handover or from classical band to preferred band cell n handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
475 / 1278
Downlink level threshold for handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_H < U_RXLEV_DL_P. L_RXLEV_DL_H < RXLEV_DL_IH L_RXLEV_D_H < L_RXLEV_DL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
Recommended rules
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -91 dBm (19) -96 dBm (14) -98 dBm (12)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
476 / 1278
Lower downlink level threshold for power control. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_DL_P < U_RXLEV_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -85
No No
477 / 1278
Minimum level received from neighbour cell n to allow forced directed retry to cell n. Coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -110
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -70 dBm (40) -85 dBm (25) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
478 / 1278
Uplink level threshold for handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_H < U_RXLEV_UL_P L_RXLEV_UL_H < RXLEV_UL_IH L_RXLEV_UL_H < L_RXLEV_UL_P If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Recommended rules
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
479 / 1278
Lower uplink level threshold for power control. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm L_RXLEV_UL_P < U_RXLEV_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -90
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -85 dBm (25) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15) -95 dBm (15)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
480 / 1278
Downlink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls (neither AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_H >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
481 / 1278
Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-NB calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
482 / 1278
Downlink quality threshold for handovers (cause 16) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
483 / 1278
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control of any calls, except the AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls, where Repeated DL FACCH and Repeated SACCH are activated. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_P > U_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Highest value is the worst quality. There is a dedicated parameter, L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH, for AMR-NB or AMR-WB calls and activated repeated DL FACCH and SACCH. No No
484 / 1278
Lower downlink quality threshold for power control of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls where Repeated DL FACCH (for LAPDm command and response frames) and Repeated SACCH are activated. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH > U_RXQUAL_DL_P To take benefit from the feature repeated ACCH, Alcatel recommends : L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH >= L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only. - Highest value is the worst quality. - If the customer has customized the parameter L_RXQUAL_DL_P in the previous release, then the new parameter L_RXQUAL_DL_P_AMR_RXACCH must be updated in the CDE table with THAT customized value. -Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
485 / 1278
Uplink quality threshold for handover for non AMR calls (nether AMR-NB nor AMR-WB). step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_H >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
486 / 1278
Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-NB calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
No No
487 / 1278
Uplink quality threshold for handovers (cause 15) on AMR-WB GMSK calls. step size = 0.1, (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
488 / 1278
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control of any calls, except the AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls, where Repeated DL FACCH and Repeated SACCH are activated. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_P > U_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Highest value is the worst quality. There is a dedicated parameter, L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH, for AMR-NB or AMR-WB calls and activated repeated DL FACCH and SACCH. No No
489 / 1278
Lower uplink quality threshold for power control of AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls where Repeated DL FACCH (for LAPDm command and response frames) and Repeated SACCH are activated. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH > U_RXQUAL_UL_P To take benefit from the feature repeated ACCH, Alcatel recommends : L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH >= L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only. - Highest value is the worst quality. - If the customer has customized the parameter L_RXQUAL_UL_P in the previous release, then the new parameter L_RXQUAL_UL_P_AMR_RXACCH must be updated in the CDE table with THAT customized value. - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
490 / 1278
Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (MFS) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
491 / 1278
Location Area Code of adjacent cell. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Equal to LAC(n)(MFS). A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
492 / 1278
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to handicap or favour cell n. Site (CAE) Number BSC adj Unit dB Minimum -24 Maximum 24 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
493 / 1278
Flag to enable/disable the load computation on the outer zone of a Concentric/multiband cell instead of the load computation on the whole cell. 0: disabled; 1: enabled When enabled, the values of the parameters FREElevel_1 to FREElevel_4 need to be updated to number of TRX considered in the load computation. EN_LOAD_BALANCE & EN_LOAD_OUTER should not be both "Enabled". Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
494 / 1278
Number of load samples (received every TCH_INFO_PERIOD) for load averaging. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
495 / 1278
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
496 / 1278
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_1 >= Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 -2 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
497 / 1278
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_2 >= Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -5 -5 -5 -5 -4 -5 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
498 / 1278
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_3 >= Loadfactor_4 >= Loadfactor_5 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -7 -7 -7 -7 -6 -7 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
499 / 1278
Correction factor used in cell evaluation process to take into account the TCH load in the candidate cell. Loadfactor_5 <= Loadfactor_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -16 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -10 -10 -10 -10 -8 -10 0 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
500 / 1278
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50
No No
501 / 1278
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_1 < Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 60
No No
502 / 1278
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_2 < Loadlevel_3 < Loadlevel_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 80
No No
503 / 1278
Boundary on cell load for determination of Loadfactor of the cell. Loadlevel_4 > Loadlevel_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 90
No No
504 / 1278
Load threshold used to determine when traffic load is low for circuit switched calls. LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD <= HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD is set to 0 in a given cell n, then no Handover Cause 23 (i.e. Traffic Handovers) can be triggered towards that cell n. No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 20 t02 20 t03 50 t04 50 t05 50 t06 50 t07 50 t08 50 t09 50 t010 50 t011 50 t012 50
505 / 1278
Low threshold to trigger handover cause "too short distance" in outer cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
506 / 1278
Lowest ARFCN of range i indicated in "BA Range" Information Element. Coded on 16 bits. RANGEi_HIGHER >= RANGEi_LOWER Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 1023 Default -1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
RANGEi_LOWER = -1 means that it shall not be included in "BA Range" IE Moreover, all BA RANGE following this one will be considered as not significant by the OMC and not send to the BSC. (i.e. -1 = indicator of end of BA Range) No No
507 / 1278
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (MFS) The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
External Comment
The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. No No
508 / 1278
List of authorised LSAs on a cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Equal to LSA_ID_array (BSC) The LSA_ID may either be a Universal LSA identity (in case of odd number) or a PLMN significant LSA identity (in case of even number), as defined in GSM 03.03. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
External Comment
The default value depends on the configuration. The value given here is for implementation purposes only. No No
509 / 1278
List of authorised LSAs on a neighbour cell (up to 5). coded on 3 bytes max Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16777215 Default 16777215
External Comment
This parameter is for every cell. The operator needs only to configure the value of that parameter for OMC external cells ; the parameter is autonomously filled by the OMC in case the adjacent cell is an OMC internal cell. No No
510 / 1278
Offset to be used for LSA cell reselection between cells with the same LSA priorities. coded from 0 to 7, where 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 4 dB, 2 = 8 dB, 3 = 16 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 32 dB, 6 = 48 dB, 7 = 64 dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 0
Coding rules
511 / 1278
Signal threshold for applying LSA cell reselection. coded from 0 to 7; step size = 6 dB (i.e. 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 6 dB, 2 = 12 dB, 3 = 18 dB, 4 = 24 dB, 5 = 30 dB, 6 = 36 dB, 7 = infinite = 42 dB). Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 42 Default 42
External Comment
The default value corresponds to an unused parameter for the MS. The maximum and default values correspond to an infinite threshold. No No
512 / 1278
Cell Identity of the Mate cell MATE_CI (BSC) = MATE_CI (MFS) If one mate cell is configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) then the other mate cell shall also be configured with GPRS (MAX_PDCH > 0) For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only No No
513 / 1278
Location Area Code of the Mate cell. Step size = 1 For an extended cell, MATE_LAC and MATE_CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. (MATE_LAC + MATE_CI) is relevant for extended cells only No No
514 / 1278
Maximum Power increase in one power command. step size = 2dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 16 Default 8
No No
515 / 1278
Maximum Power reduction in one power command. step size = 2dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 16 Default 8
No No
516 / 1278
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH. Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
517 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
518 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 > MEAS_STAT_BFI1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
519 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 > MEAS_STAT_BFI2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
520 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 > MEAS_STAT_BFI3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
521 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 > MEAS_STAT_BFI4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
522 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 > MEAS_STAT_BFI5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
523 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 > MEAS_STAT_BFI6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
524 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 > MEAS_STAT_BFI7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 18
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
525 / 1278
Threshold on successive Bad Frame Indication to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 MEAS_STAT_BFI9 > MEAS_STAT_BFI8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 24 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
526 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
527 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI1 < MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
528 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI2 < MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
529 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI3 < MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default -3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
530 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI4 < MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
531 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI5 < MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
532 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI6 < MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
533 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI7 < MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
534 / 1278
Threshold on radio C/I (Carrier/Interference) measurements to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +125, step size = 1dB ( 1= -62 db, ..., 125 = +62 dB) MEAS_STAT_CI8 < MEAS_STAT_CI9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -62 Maximum 62 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
535 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -53
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
536 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_1 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
537 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_2 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -66
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
538 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_3 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -72
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
539 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_4 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -79
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
540 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_5 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -85
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
541 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_6 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -91
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
542 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_7 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -97
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
543 / 1278
Threshold on radio level to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded 1 to 62, 1 = -109 dBm, . . . 62 = -48 dBm, step = 1dBm MEAS_STAT_LEV_8 > MEAS_STAT_LEV_9 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -109 Maximum -48 Default -104
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
544 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 < MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -50
Coding rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
545 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -30
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
546 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -20
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
547 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default -10
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
548 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
549 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 10
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
550 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 20
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
551 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 30
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
552 / 1278
Threshold on path balance to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. coded from 1 to +219, step size = 1dB (1 = -109 dB, ... 219 = +109 dB) MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL9 > MEAS_STAT_PATH_BAL8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dB Minimum -109 Maximum 109 Default 50
Coding rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
553 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S1 < MEAS_STAT_S2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
554 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 > MEAS_STAT_S1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
555 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 > MEAS_STAT_S2 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
556 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 > MEAS_STAT_S3 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
557 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 > MEAS_STAT_S4 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
558 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 > MEAS_STAT_S5 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 16
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
559 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 > MEAS_STAT_S6 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 18
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
560 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 > MEAS_STAT_S7 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
561 / 1278
Threshold on radio link counter to define bands used for Radio Measurements Statistics. step size = 1 Samfr MEAS_STAT_S9 > MEAS_STAT_S8 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 22
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
562 / 1278
Upper limit of the first TA band, lower limit of the second TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) 0 < MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 7
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
563 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd TA band, lower limit of the 3rd TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_1 < MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
564 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd TA band, lower limit of the 4th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_2 < MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 19
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
565 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th TA band, lower limit of the 5th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_3 < MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 25
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
566 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th TA band, lower limit of the 6th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_4 < MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 31
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
567 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th TA band, lower limit of the 7th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_5 < MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 37
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
568 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th TA band, lower limit of the 8th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_6 < MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 43
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
569 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th TA band, lower limit of the 9th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_7 < MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 49
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
570 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th TA band, lower limit of the 10th TA band (for the RMS TA measurements) MEAS_STAT_TA_8 < MEAS_STAT_TA_9 < 63 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit bper Minimum 1 Maximum 62 Default 55
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS templates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
571 / 1278
Maximum connection time after a handover in an overlaid cell to declare the MS "fast" when leaving the cell with a handover. step size=1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 120 Default 40
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 20 s 40 s N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
572 / 1278
Minimum time before detecting a radio link failure of a DL TBF, triggered by N3105 or NstagnatingWindowDL. step size = 100 ms It is recommended to set a value close to the time of temporary very bad radio conditions that the operator would like to support during a DL TBF. Typically, a few seconds. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 25000 Default 4000
No No
573 / 1278
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
External Comment
The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
574 / 1278
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
External Comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
575 / 1278
Supervision of the MS Power Control procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 3s 3s 3s 3s 2s 3s 3s 3s
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
576 / 1278
Minimum delay between two consecutive MS power commands. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 1
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 1s 1s 1s 1s 0s 1s 1s 1s
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
577 / 1278
MS maximum allowed transmission power. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm,...., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
External Comment
According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
578 / 1278
MS maximum allowed transmission power. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
External Comment
According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); -Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
579 / 1278
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). No No
580 / 1278
MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
According to the 3GPP TS 05.05, if the BCCH frequency band is P-GSM/G1, depending on the version of MS (Phase 1 MS or Phase 2/onwards MS), the coded value "0", "1" and "2" are interpreted differently: - Coded value "0": (interpreted as 43 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "1": (interpreted as 41 dBm by the Phase 1 MS; interpreted as 39 dBm by the Phase 2/onwards MS); - Coded value "2": (interpreted as 39 dBm by both the Phase 1 MS and the Phase 2/onwards MS). Meaninful only in cells where: CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = concentric.
581 / 1278
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
582 / 1278
MS minimum allowed transmission power. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ...,13: 17 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 13: 17 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 13: 4 dBm,..., 15: 0 dBm, 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm. MS_TXPWR_MIN <= MS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER >= MS_TXPWR_MIN Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 17
Mandatory rules
External Comment
The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 17 dBm Default value for GSM850: 17 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 4 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 4 dBm No No
583 / 1278
Signalling Point Code of the MSC. coded over 14 bits Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default 12
External Comment
- Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. - Significant only if EN_ASIG_OVER_IP is set to FALSE. No No
584 / 1278
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
585 / 1278
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement MSC software. 0 = MSC is release 98 or older; 1 = MSC is release 99 onwards MSCR (BSC) = MSCR (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
586 / 1278
Defines the format to be used for the sequence number of MTP2. 0: Normal 1: Extended Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
587 / 1278
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
588 / 1278
Minimum number of cells of each supported frequency band to be included in MEASUREMENT REPORT by the MS. Coded over 2 bits: 00: normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used; 01: the MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 10: the MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell; 11: the MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. Equal to MULTIBAND_REPORTING (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
589 / 1278
This parameter determines the condition on traffic load in the serving cell to trigger a multiband handover. 0: Any load, 1: Not low, 2: High Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
590 / 1278
Number of consecutive bad SACCH frames to trigger a rescue handover. 1) N_BAD_SACCH = RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M +1 2) In micro cells, it is recommended to set N_BAD_SACCH so that T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP > N_BAD_SACCH * 480ms + 30 seconds if T_AUTOCLEANING_MEAS_REP <> 0.
Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 128 Default 4
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 4 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
591 / 1278
Number of less interfered Full Rate TCH reserved for handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
No No
592 / 1278
Number of consecutive load averages used in traffic load evaluation process. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 6 t02 6 t03 3 t04 3 t05 2 t06 2 t07 2 t08 2 t09 2 t010 2 t011 2 t012 2
593 / 1278
Maximum number of CLEAR REQUEST message transmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 8 Default 4
No No
594 / 1278
Maximum number of candidate cells sent in one HANDOVER REQUIRED. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
595 / 1278
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are unbarred in one step. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
596 / 1278
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are barred in one step. Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of low priority access classes. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
No No
597 / 1278
Number of low priority access classes (0..9) are unbarred in one step. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
No No
598 / 1278
Number of high priority access classes (11..15) are barred in one step. Value 0 inhibits the automatic barring of high priority access classes Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
599 / 1278
Maximum number of RESET CIRCUIT message repetitions when not acknowledged by the MSC. 255: RESET CIRCUIT message is indefinitely repeated Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
600 / 1278
Number of times the RESET message is sent without being acknowledged by the MSC before an alarm is reported. If NBR_RESET_REP = 0, RESET message is not sent Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
601 / 1278
Network Colour code of the cell. Coded over 3 bits. - Equal to NCC (MFS) - NCC (BSC) shall be included in NCC_permited Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
602 / 1278
Network Colour code of the cell. Coded over 3 bits. - Equal to NCC (BSC) - NCC (MFS) shall be included in NCC_permited Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
603 / 1278
Network Colour code of the neighbour cell. Coded over 3 bits. NCC(n) shall be included in NCC_permited of the serving cell Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. This parameter is for every cell (OMC external cells and OMC internal cells). The operator needs to configure the value of that parameter for every cell. No No
604 / 1278
Indicates which NCC values the MS considers as belonging to the network. Coded over 8 bits. each bit corresponds to a NCC value: MSB corresponds to NCC = 7, LSB corresponds to NCC = 0. For each bit:0= NCC not permitted, 1= NCC permitted NCC of the serving cell and of its neighbor cells shall be included in NCC_permited Site (CAE) Bitmap BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
605 / 1278
This flag indicates to the MS if it reports a HANDOVER FAILURE in case of out of range timing advance. 0: Out of range timing advance is ignored, 1: Out of range timing advance triggers a Handover Failure procedure Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
606 / 1278
Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A -47 dBm (63) -47 dBm (63) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
607 / 1278
Number of full rate TCH reserved for incoming emergency handovers (plus Cause 12 and Cause 27 handovers). step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The Pre-emption procedure (in case EN_TCH_PREEMPT = enabled) might use these reserved TCHs in order to avoid releasing an on-going call unnecessarily. No No
608 / 1278
Maximum number of repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION. For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. For rules, see T3105_D and T3105_F_FR, T3105_F_HR. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 35 Default 20
No No
609 / 1278
Offset for AMR-NB HR-to-FR channel adaptation hysteresis under high load (Handover Cause 26). step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
610 / 1278
Offset for AMR-NB HR-to-FR channel adaptation hysteresis under normal load (Handover Cause 26). step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) OFFSET_CA_HIGH >= OFFSET_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
611 / 1278
Offset which allows to take into account the radio differences between the inner and the outer zone (especially in multiband cells). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 127 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
612 / 1278
Offset applied in the handover quality causes for radio hopping channels. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
613 / 1278
Offset applied in the power control quality causes for hopping radio channels. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
614 / 1278
Minimum received level from umbrella cell n to allow handover cause "level uplink micro-cell" or "level downlink micro-cell". coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -80
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A -88 dBm (22) -88 dBm (22) N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
615 / 1278
Signalling Point Code of the BSC. coded over 14 bits Site (CAE) Reference BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default 12
External Comment
- Must be equal to DPC and SSF used by the MSC and RNC and SMLC for adressing the BSC. - Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. - Parameter change: Before any modification of the OPC, the BSS-TEL is to be previously locked. This procedure leads the BSC to reject any new calls and wait for some minutes (Wait Traffic Clear) before shutting down the on going calls. After modification of the OPC, the operator shall trigger a BSC restart. The locked objects must be unlocked again to reopen the telecom service. No No
616 / 1278
This flag indicates if transmission of Pagings is allowed in the cell. 0: Pagings are not barred, 1: Pagings are barred Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
this flag can be used by an operator to temporarily prevent phones from ringing in specific cells No No
617 / 1278
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) inhibited (31) 20 s (0) 20 s (0) inhibited (31) inhibited (31)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
618 / 1278
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value. PENALTY_TIME(MFS) = PENALTY_TIME(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
No No
619 / 1278
Time during which MS shall apply TEMPORARY_OFFSET to C2 criterion. step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 20 Maximum 620 Default 20
Coding rules
No No
620 / 1278
A transient handicap is applied to power budget of previous cell to avoid a "ping-pong" effect. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
621 / 1278
Weighting factor for power increase. step size = 0.1 POW_INC_FACTOR >= POW_RED_FACTOR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.8
No No
622 / 1278
Power increase step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB, ..., 7: 14 dB POW_INC_STEP_SIZE > POW_RED_STEP_SIZE Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 14 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
623 / 1278
Weighting factor for power reduction. step size = 0.1 POW_RED_FACTOR <= POW_INC_FACTOR Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.5
No No
624 / 1278
Power reduction step size in case of power command triggered on quality criterion. step size = 2dB. 1: 2dB, 2: 4dB POW_RED_STEP_SIZE < POW_INC_STEP_SIZE Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 2 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
625 / 1278
Preference mark assigned to a given TRX. 0: PS/CS TRX: This TRX can carry PS and CS traffic and has the lowest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. 1: CS TRX with preference mark 1: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the preference mark 1 in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to serve a CS call. ... 7: CS TRX with preference mark 7: This TRX can carry only CS traffic and has the highest preference in the TCH sub-channel selection process used to served a CS call. It means that this TRX has the highest priority for CS traffic. 1) For a TRX in the inner zone of a monoband or multiband concentric cell, the parameter TRX_PREF_MARK shall be set to a non-null value. 2) For a hopping G1 TRX, if EGSM_RR_ALLOC_STRATEGY = 0 and BCCH/CCCH are configured on PGSM TRX, then TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) In case of cell shared over 2 BTSs, the GPRS TRXs of the cell (ie TRX_PREF_MARK=0) can be either on the main sector or on the secondary, but not on both. 5) the maximum number of PS capable TRX (ie TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) defined in one cell is 16.
Mandatory rules
626 / 1278
Value
Unit None
Minimum 0
Maximum 7
Default 1
External Comment
If EGPRS is activated in the cell, TRX_PREF_MARK (BCCH TRX) = 0 and the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware and a transmission pool allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 05.05 and 3GPP TS 05.08 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined in timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). No No
627 / 1278
Frequency band to which the multiband MS are preferentially directed. 0: none, 1: GSM, 2: DCS Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
628 / 1278
This flag enables preventive cyclic retransmission. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
This parameter is set to 1 by the BSC in case the Ater links of a BSS are configured as satellite links. No No
629 / 1278
This flag indicates to the MS if it includes measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency are included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency are not included. Equal to PWRC (MFS) Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
No No
630 / 1278
This flag indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include measurements made on BCCH frequency in case of frequency hopping channel. 0: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall be included, 1: measurements made on BCCH frequency shall not be included Equal to PWRC (BSC) Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
No No
631 / 1278
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 127 Default 127
632 / 1278
Maximum number of MSU available for retransmission (if HSL is used). step size 1 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4095 Default 4095
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
used if EN_HSL = 1 No No
633 / 1278
Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit bytes Minimum 1 Maximum 8192 Default 4096
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
634 / 1278
Maximum number of MSU octets which are available for retransmission (if HSL is used). step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit bytes Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 32767
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
used if EN_HSL = 1 No No
635 / 1278
MTP2 timer "alignment ready". Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit 1/10 sec Minimum 40 Maximum 50 Default 50
636 / 1278
MTP2 timer "alignment ready" for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used). step size = 1 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 25 Maximum 350 Default 300
used if EN_HSL = 1 No No
637 / 1278
MTP2 timer "not aligned". Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit 1/10 sec Minimum 5 Maximum 150 Default 30
No No
638 / 1278
MTP2 timer "aligned". step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
No No
639 / 1278
MTP2 Emergency proving period. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.4 Maximum 0.6 Default 0.5
640 / 1278
MTP2 Normal proving period. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 7.5 Maximum 9.5 Default 8.2
641 / 1278
MTP2 Normal proving period for 2Mbit/s (if HSL is used). step size = 1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 70 Default 30
used if EN_HSL = 1 No No
642 / 1278
MTP2 timer "sending SIB". Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit ms Minimum 80 Maximum 120 Default 100
No No
643 / 1278
MTP2 timer "remote congestion". step size = 0.1sec Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 6 Default 5.4
No No
644 / 1278
MTP2 timer "excessive delay of acknowledgement". step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 2 Default 1
External Comment
In case of a Ater satellite connection, this parameter is set to 2 seconds by the BSC. No No
645 / 1278
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeover acknowledgement. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.7 Maximum 2 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
646 / 1278
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (first attempt). step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1.2 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
647 / 1278
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of changeback acknowledgement (second attempt). step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 1.2 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
648 / 1278
MTP3 timer supervising the reception of signalling link test acknowledgement. step size = 0.1sec Q707_T1 >= Q703_T6 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 4 Maximum 12 Default 6.4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
649 / 1278
MTP3 delay between transmission of consecutive signalling link test message. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 30 Maximum 90 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
650 / 1278
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. 64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (MFS). Disable the filtering for extended cells. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 64
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. No No
651 / 1278
Received level above which a RACH TS is deemed busy. This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 1: -110 dBm 5: -106 dBm 9: -102 dBm 13: -98 dBm 17: -94 dBm 21: -90 dBm 25: -86 dBm 29: -82 dBm 33: -78 dBm 37: -74 dBm 41: -70 dBm 45: -66 dBm 49: -62 dBm 53: -58 dBm 57: -54 dBm 61: -50 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -50 Default -106
No No
652 / 1278
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path, for non AMR calls, or for AMR calls (NB or WB) for which Repeated SACCH and Repeated DL FACCH are activated. RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS > N_BSTXPWR_M Values higher than 128 are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 18
No No
653 / 1278
Counter threshold to detect a radio link failure on the uplink path for calls using an AMR codec (NB or WB) and for which Repeated SACCH and/or Repeated DL FACCH are not activated. RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS_AMR > N_BSTXPWR_M Values higher than 128 are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 18
No No
654 / 1278
Counter threshold to trigger a radio link recovery. N_BSTXPWR_M < RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 13
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 13 13 13 13 15 13 13 13
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
655 / 1278
Repeated DL SACCH activation threshold for UL RLT (Radio Link Timer) counter. Dynamic activation is triggered in the BTS when the UL RLT counter is inferior or equal to that threshold. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only - The setting of this value is a trade-off between "triggering REP_DL_SACCH soon enough to take benefit from it before drop" and "triggering REP_DL_SACCH not too soon to let time to the recovery mechanism to increase the output power of the BTS to its max level before". - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
656 / 1278
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. This applies to non AMR calls or to AMR (NB or WB) calls for which Repeated SACCH and Repeated DL FACCH are activated. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
Coding rules
No No
657 / 1278
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision. This applies to non AMR calls or to AMR (NB or WB) calls for which Repeated SACCH and Repeated DL FACCH are activated. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Equal to RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
Coding rules
No No
658 / 1278
Initial value of MS counter for radio link supervision, for a call using an AMR codec (NB or WB) and for which Repeated SACCH and/or Repeated DL FACCH are not activated. step size = 4 Samfr, coded from 0 to 15 (0 == 4 Samfr, 1 == 8 Samfr ... 15 == 64 Samfr Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 4 Maximum 64 Default 16
Coding rules
No No
659 / 1278
Legacy support for repeated downlink FACCH for AMR-NB or AMR-WB GMSK calls. This parameter concerns only the LAPDm command frames. 0: repeated DL FACCH enabled only for the AMR mobile stations having indicated the support of the feature by repeated ACCH Capability bit = 1 1: repeated DL FACCH enabled for all AMR mobile stations Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
- This parameter is relevant only if repeated downlink FACCH (EN_REP_DL_FACCH) is enabled. - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - The value 1 is used to tackle early implementations, ie for MS with repeated ACCH Capability bit=0 or MS without Repeated ACCH Capability bit (legacy MS). - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
660 / 1278
Repeated DL FACCH activation threshold for AMR-NB FR calls. Dynamic activation is done as long as the codec mode request (CMR value) is inferior or equal to that threshold. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 8 Default 3 off 4,75 kbit/s 5,15 kbit/s 5,90 kbit/s 6,70 kbit/s 7,40 kbit/s 7,95 kbit/s 10,2 kbit/s 12,2 kbit/s
Coding rules
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only. - When setting the threshold to the max value, the repeated DL FACCH is always activated for AMR-NB FR codec (if allowed for the call). -Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
661 / 1278
Repeated DL FACCH activation threshold for AMR-NB HR calls. Dynamic activation is done as long as the codec mode request (CMR value) is inferior or equal to that threshold. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 3 off 4,75 kbit/s 5,15 kbit/s 5,90 kbit/s 6,70 kbit/s 7,40 kbit/s
Coding rules
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only. - When setting the threshold to the max value, the repeated DL FACCH is always activated for AMR-NB HR codec (if allowed for the call). - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
662 / 1278
Repeated DL FACCH activation threshold for AMR-WB GMSK calls. Dynamic activation is done as long as the codec mode request (CMR value) is inferior or equal to that threshold. 0: 1: 2: 3: Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 1 off 6,60 kbit/s 8,85 kbit/s 12,65 kbit/s
Coding rules
External Comment
- Function available on BSC Evolution only. - When setting the threshold to the max value, the repeated DL FACCH is always activated for AMR-WB GMSK codec (if allowed for the call). - Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on new calls (after modification). No No
663 / 1278
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for basic CBCH. shall be set to "0" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
664 / 1278
This parameter indicates the number of slots reserved for high priority messages within the schedule period for extended CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
665 / 1278
This flag determines whether or not the RESET message shall be sent indefinitely (as long as it is not acknowledged). 0: RESET message is sent a maximum of NBR_RESET_REP times, 1: The Reset procedure is repeated until a RESET or RESET ACK message is received. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
666 / 1278
This flag controls "Response request" OIE inclusion in HANDOVER REQUIRED. 0: IE not included, 1: IE included When the VGCS feature (EN_VGCS) is activated, it is recommended to include the Response Request in the HANDOVER REQUIRED message (RESP_REQ). Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on MSC type For external directed retries, the serving BSC does not know whether or not the external target cells (towards which the directed retry is triggered) are congested. Therefore, Alcatel recommend to set RESP_REQ to 1 if EN_EXT_DR is set to enabled in order to get a Handover Reject message from the MSC in case all target cells are congested and thus to attempt other procedures. No No
667 / 1278
Delay between two consecutive RF RESOURCE INDICATION. step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) & T_INTRF_L3 > INTAVE Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 180 Default 60
No No
668 / 1278
Template of values of RMS parameters to be applied to the concerned cell (concerns the parameters MEAS_STAT_C_Ix, MEAS_STAT_BFIx, MEAS_STAT_LEVx, MEAS_STAT_PATH_BALx, MEAS_STAT_Sx, EN_BALANCED_CI, VQ_AVERAGE, VQ_BAD_RXFER, VQ_FER_THRESHOLD, VQ_GOOD_RXFER, VQ_INTF_THRESHOLD, VQ_RXLEV, VQ_RXQUAL, VQ_RXQUAL_VS_RXFER). coded from 1 to 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
669 / 1278
Indicates to the MS whether or not it shall include "Time Difference" IE in HANDOVER COMPLETE. 0: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is NOT included in HANDOVER COMPLETE, 1: "Mobile Time Difference" IE is included in HANDOVER COMPLETE Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
670 / 1278
Rate used on all RSL links towards a BTS. 0: 16 kbit/s, 1: 64 kbit/s Site (CAE) Flag BSC BTS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
671 / 1278
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
672 / 1278
Downlink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad downlink quality. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_DL_IH > L_RXLEV_DL_H Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -65
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm (50)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
673 / 1278
Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_DL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_DL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -71
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A -71 dBm (39) -71 dBm (39) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
674 / 1278
Threshold on the downlink received level above which it is not necessary to trigger a handover on power budget (cause 12). Coded over 6 bits:0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -60 dBm (50)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
675 / 1278
Minimum level received from cell n to allow reception of handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -100 dBm (10) -102 dBm (8)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
676 / 1278
Uplink level threshold for decision between intracell and intercell handover in case of bad uplink quality. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. RXLEV_UL_IH > L_RXLEV_UL_H Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -65
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35) -65 dBm (45) -70 dBm (40) -75 dBm (35) -75 dBm (35)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
677 / 1278
Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm. If CELL_PARTITION_TYPE = "Concentric" AND FREQUENCY_RANGE = "PGSM" or "DCS1800" or "EGSM" or "DCS 1900": RXLEV_UL_ZONE >= L_RXLEV_UL_H (This rule only applies to concentric and monoband cell.) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -78
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A -78 dBm (32) -78 dBm (32) N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
678 / 1278
Length of the DRX schedule period for the basic CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit CBper Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 32
No No
679 / 1278
Length of the DRX schedule period for the extended CBCH. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit CBper Minimum 0 Maximum 40 Default 32
No No
680 / 1278
Time during which SDCCH handovers are forbidden after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size=1 (2 x Samfr) SDCCH_COUNTER <= T_SDCCH_PC Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
"0" means that SDCCH handover is immediately allowed after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. No No
681 / 1278
The flag inhibits/enables the execution of SDCCH handovers. 0: SDCCH HO enabled1: SDCCH HO disabled Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
This parameter has no influence on Directed Retry Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) enable (0) disabled (1) * disabled (1) *
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
682 / 1278
Controls the trigger of Classmark Enquiry procedure at call establishment time. 0: the classmark enquiry is never initiated by the BSC; 1: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will always initiate a classmark enquiry; 2: on reception of a LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST message with ES IND flag set to 0, the BSC will initiate the classmark enquiry if algorithm A5/1 is not available (information available in MS classmark 1 IE sent in the LOCATION UPDATING REQUEST). Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
683 / 1278
Signalling Link Code. Site (CAE) Reference BSC N7 ch Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
684 / 1278
This parameter indicates which features are usable with the SMSCB product. 1: Features set 1, 2: Features set 2 Can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE = "inactive". If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then CBC_Window shall be equal to "1"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then SMSCB_Recovery shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Use_of_Extended_CBCH shall be set to "No"- If SMSCB_Features_set = FS1, then for all the BSC cells Nb_of_reserved_slots_for_basic_CBCH shall be set to "0" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
External Comment
When migrating from FS1 to FS2, USE_OF_EXTENDED_CBCH shall be set to "Yes", CBC_WINDOW shall be set to 4. No No
685 / 1278
This parameter indicates whether the feature operates in GSM Phase2 or Phase 2+ mode. 0: Phase 2, 1: Phase 2+ If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS1", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2" If SMSCB_FEATURES_SET="FS2", SMSCB_PHASE shall be set to "phase2+" SMSCB_Phase can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
686 / 1278
This parameter indicates if the CBC accepts the recovery-indication in Restart-Indication message. 0: No, 1: Yes shall be set to "No" when SMSCB_FEATURE_SET="FS1" can be changed only when SMSCB_STATE="inactive" Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
687 / 1278
This flag indicates if the feature is activated or deactivated. 0: activated, 1: deactivated Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
688 / 1278
This flag controls the format of the "Classmark 2" IE sent to the MSC. 0: no modification on "Classmark2" IE, 1: octet 5 of "Classmark2" IE is stripped out EN_SEND_CM3 and STRIP_O5_CM2 shall not be both set to 1 at the same time. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Default value depends on MSC type.The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
689 / 1278
This flag enables/disables synchronous handovers between synchronized cells. 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_SYNCHRONISED_HO shall be set to disabled when CELL_TYPE is equal to "Extended inner" or "Extended outer". Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
690 / 1278
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Connection Confirm message. step size = 0.5sec T(conn est) < T9105 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 127.5 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
691 / 1278
SCCP timer supervising the activity on SCCP connection. step size = 6sec Must be greater than T(ias) used by the MSC It is recommended to configure T(iar) > (2 x T(ias) used by the MSC) + 1 min Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 402 Maximum 1530 Default 1260
No No
692 / 1278
SCCP timer supervising the sending of Inactivity Test message. step size = 6sec Must be less than T(iar) used by the MSC It is recommended to configure T(ias) < (T(iar) used by the MSC - 1 min) / 2 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 96 Maximum 450 Default 300
No No
693 / 1278
SCCP timer supervising the reception of Release Complete message. step size = 0.5sec, coded from 16 to 255, 16 == 8 sec, 255 == 127.5 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 8 Maximum 127.5 Default 15
Coding rules
No No
694 / 1278
SCCP delay between sending of consecutive Subsystem Status Test messages. step size = 6sec For BSC Evolution, ALU highly recommends setting this timer to 6 seconds to improve the BSC robustness. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 6 Maximum 1200 Default 30
No No
695 / 1278
Maximum waiting time to get a response to a CBSE-BIND primitive. step size = 1 sec Can be changed only when SMSCB_State is disabled Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 300 Default 30
No No
696 / 1278
Delay between consecutive bursts of BLOCK or UNBLOCK messages. step size =0.1 sec (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM < T1_short Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
697 / 1278
Time during which PING_PONG_HCP is applied after handover. step size= 1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 0
No No
698 / 1278
Supervision of the MSC response after sending of HANDOVER REQUIRED. step size = 1sec T_HO_REQD_LOST > T7 T_HO_REQD_LOST value shall be greater than the maximum time for external handover execution Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 6 Maximum 120 Default 30
699 / 1278
Indicates the maximum time a CS IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message remains in the AGCH queue. step size = 0.1sec T_IA<T3101 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 5 Default 2.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
700 / 1278
Time during which the HO Causes 14, 21, and 24 are inhibited. step size = 1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 240 Default 0
701 / 1278
Delay where the cells the MS failed to handover, cannot be selected as targets in subsequent handover attempts. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
702 / 1278
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (MFS) T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
703 / 1278
This timer indicates the maximum time a CS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on A and A-bis or Gs/Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_CS (BSC) T_PAG_CS<T3113 (MSC timer) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
704 / 1278
Maximum queuing time for Handover Requests. step size = 1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 3
No No
705 / 1278
Time during which power control on SDCCH is inhibited after completion of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size = 1 (2 x Samfr) T_SDCCH_PC >= SDCCH_COUNTER Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit 2 x Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 31 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
706 / 1278
Supervision of the Blocking/Unblocking procedure. step size = 0.1sec T1_short > (31 x T_BURST) / B_NUM Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 25.5 Default 16
707 / 1278
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests. step size = 1 s T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 19 Default 6
708 / 1278
Maximum queuing time for Assignment Requests where queuing is not allowed by the MSC. step size = 0.1sec T_INTRF_L3 > Max (T11, T_qho, T11_FORCED) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 19 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
709 / 1278
Delay for acknowledgement of RESET received from MSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
710 / 1278
Period of time where a new OVERLOAD that is received from the MSC, is not processed after reception of a processed OVERLOAD. step size: 0.1 sec T17 < T18_overload Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
711 / 1278
Delay between consecutive debarring actions after a BSS outage. Step size: 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
No No
712 / 1278
Delay between the latest MSC OVERLOAD message or DTC internal overload detection and debarring action. Also delay between consecutive debarring actions for overload procedure and Telecom global reset procedure. step size: 0.1 sec T18_OVERLOAD > T17 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 6553.5 Default 50
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
713 / 1278
Supervision of the Reset Circuit procedure. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 25.5 Default 10
714 / 1278
Supervision of Circuit Group Blocking procedure. step size=0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 25.5 Default 16
No No
715 / 1278
Supervision of acknowledgements. step size: 100ms; (1: 100ms, 2: 200ms, 3: 300ms, 4: 400ms, .. . , 10: 1000ms The recommended value for Abis via satellite is 1000 ms. Site (CAE) Timer BSC A-bis link Unit ms Minimum 300 Maximum 1000 Default 300
External Comment
The value of T200 (BSC) is driven by the associated Abis connection type. It can be changed indirectly from the OMC (through the change of Abis connection type) The default value 300 ms corresponds to Abis terrestrial link. No No
716 / 1278
Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH FR associated) SAPI 0. Step size = 20 msec Values higher than 1000ms are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 5100 Default 200
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately on new CS calls established after modification. When Repeated DL FACCH is used, 40msec are automatically added by the BTS.
No No
717 / 1278
Supervision of acknowledgements for FACCH (TCH HR associated) SAPI 0. step size = 20 msec. Values higher than 1000ms are not recommended by Alcatel-Lucent (very far to the 3GPP values): It will significantly increase the delay for retransmission of a message. For instance, if a HANDOVER COMMAND is sent to a given MS, but not received, the MS will have to wait longer to get the repeated HO CMD, which may lead to call drop in the meantime. Moreover, it can increase congestion in the BSS, as the call duration is artificially increased. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 180 Maximum 5100 Default 180
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately on new CS calls established after modification. When Repeated DL FACCH is used, 40msec are automatically added by the BTS.
No No
718 / 1278
Supervision of the Immediate Assignment procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3101 > 2s Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
No No
719 / 1278
Supervision of the Internal Handover procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_D. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_FR. T3103 > Ny1 x T3105_F_HR. T3103 > T3106_D. T3103 > T3106_F Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 16.5
No No
720 / 1278
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on SDCCH. T3105_D x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_D x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_D x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_D << T3124 (T3124 = 675 ms on SDCCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 220 Default 200
Recommended rules
No No
721 / 1278
Criterion to stop T3105_D timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
722 / 1278
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for FR channels. T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_FR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_FR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 250 Default 50
Recommended rules
No No
723 / 1278
Delay between consecutive repetitions of PHYSICAL INFORMATION on FACCH for HR channels. T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T3103 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 < T9113 T3105_F_HR x Ny1 > T3124 T3105_F_HR << T3124 (T3124 = 320 ms on TCH) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 250 Default 100
Recommended rules
No No
724 / 1278
Criterion to stop T3105_F timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
725 / 1278
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of SDCCH synchronous handover. T3106_D < T3103 T3106_D < T9113 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 1100 Maximum 1500 Default 1200
No No
726 / 1278
Criterion to stop T3106_D timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
727 / 1278
Supervision of the reception of valid frame from the MS on the target cell in case of TCH synchronous handover. T3106_F < T3103 T3106_F < T9113 Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit ms Minimum 500 Maximum 1000 Default 1000
No No
728 / 1278
Criterion to stop T3106_F timer. 0: stopped on reception of SABM frame, 1: stopped on reception of any correct L2 signalling frame or of a correct traffic frame Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
729 / 1278
Supervision of the Assignment procedure. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
No No
730 / 1278
Supervision of the Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3109 > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT + 1s Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 35 Default 12
No No
731 / 1278
Delay of the RF Channel Release procedure. step size = 0.1sec T3111 > 2 x T200_D. T3111 > 2 x T200_TH. T3111 = T3110 (MS) Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0.5
No No
732 / 1278
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. 0: no periodic location update Equal to T3212 (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit 6 mn Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
733 / 1278
Supervision of RESET message sent to the MSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 6553.5 Default 3
734 / 1278
Timer controlling the repetition of HANDOVER REQUIRED. step size = 0.1sec T7 < T_HO_REQD_LOST Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 5
735 / 1278
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the serving BSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
No No
736 / 1278
Supervision of the call clearing procedure when triggered by the BSC. step size = 0.1sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 2
No No
737 / 1278
Supervision of the SCCP Connection procedure. step size = 0.1sec T9105 > T(conn est) T9105 > max T3210. T9105 > max T3220. T9105 > max T3230 Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 11 Maximum 6553,5 Default 31
No No
738 / 1278
Supervision of the channel modification in the MS. step size = 0.1sec T9112 >= 15s. T9112 <= T9114. T9112 is inferior to the MSC timer supervising the Modify procedure. Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 6553.5 Default 15
No No
739 / 1278
Supervision of the External Handover procedure in the target BSC. step size = 0.1sec T9113 > T3105_D x Ny1. T9113 > T3105_F x Ny1. T9113 > T3106_D. T9113 > T3106_F Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 20
No No
740 / 1278
Threshold on timing advance to define the cell limit used for Radio Measurements Statistics. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
741 / 1278
Threshold on busy TCH timeslots percentage for automatic barring of access classes. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
742 / 1278
Offset applied to C2 criterion for the duration of PENALTY_TIME. step size = 10dB. 0: 0dB, 1:10dB, 6: 60dB, 7: infinity Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
External Comment
If the VGCS is licensed, the parameter is modifiable only via the provisioning context of the OMC. Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0) infinity (7) infinity (7) 0 dB (0) 0 dB (0)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
743 / 1278
Flag to control the establishment of TFO in Half Rate, when the cell is loaded and the call is currently allocated with an Half Rate codec type (HR or AMR-NB HR) for load reason. 0 : "TFO with Half Rate codec not forced", if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, the BSC will propose to establish TFO with all the supported codec types, including the Full Rate ones (except the FR AMR-WB codec). 1 : "TFO with Half Rate codec only", if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, it will stay in Half Rate even in case of TFO mismatch situation (if TFO is not possible in Half Rate on remote side, TFO is not established). 2 : "TFO with Half Rate codec preferred", if for load reasons the call is established with an Half Rate codec, the BSC will propose in a first step to establish TFO providing only the supported Half Rate codecs only. If TFO is not possible in Half Rate on remote side, the BSC will try to establish TFO with all the supported codec types, including the Full Rate ones (except the FR AMR-WB codec), provided that EN_TFO_MATCH=1. If FORCE_TFO_HR_WHEN_LOADED=2, EN_TFO_MATCH should be set to 1 Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
When the call is currently allocated with AMR-NB HR for load reason and when TFO is possible for that call (TFO on AMR-NB supported by the TC and configured in the cell), then the BSC automatically behaviors as "TFO with Half Rate codec only", and set the list of the supported codec types according to the ADD_HR_IN_TFO_LIST parameter. No No
744 / 1278
Threshold triggering the sending of CCCH LOAD INDICATION message. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 100 Maximum 3000 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
745 / 1278
Lower load threshold for allocation policy with HR or AMR-NB HR codec type in a dual rate cell. step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 0 t02 20 t03 30 t04 40 t05 40 t06 40 t07 40 t08 40 t09 40 t010 40 t011 40 t012 40
746 / 1278
Lower load threshold for allocation policy with AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover (Cause 26 and Cause 27) in a dual rate cell. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 <= THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 0 t02 20 t03 30 t04 40 t05 40 t06 40 t07 40 t08 40 t09 40 t010 40 t011 40 t012 40
747 / 1278
Higher load threshold for allocation policy with HR or AMR-NB HR codec type in a dual rate cell. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV1 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1>=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 70 t04 70 t05 70 t06 70 t07 70 t08 70 t09 70 t010 70 t011 70 t012 70
748 / 1278
Higher load threshold for allocation policy with AMR-NB HR codec type and for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover (Cause 26 and Cause 27) in a dual rate cell. Step size = 10% THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 >= THR_FR_LOAD_L_SV3 & THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3<=THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV1 When choosing the THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3 value, it is recommended to check that the number of DR TCH in the cell is greater than (100 - THR_FR_LOAD_U_SV3) /100*total number of TCH in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
Recommended rules
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 70 t04 70 t05 70 t06 70 t07 70 t08 70 t09 70 t010 70 t011 70 t012 70
749 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover under high load (Cause 26 and Cause 27). step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
750 / 1278
Threshold for AMR-NB channel adaptation handover under normal load (Cause 26 and Cause 27). step size = 0.1 (0 coded as 0, 0.1 coded as 1 ... 7 coded as 70) THR_RXQUAL_CA_HIGH >= THR_RXQUAL_CA_NORMAL Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
751 / 1278
Periodicity of traffic load update in resource allocation algorithms = N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD. Site (CAE) Timer OMC cell Unit sec Minimum 2 Maximum 3264 Default 120
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The given default value corresponds to the value calculated by the OMC, based on the values of N_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), A_TRAFFIC_LOAD (which depends on the nb of TRX in the cell, not reflected by DLS default value), TCH_INFO_PERIOD. No No
752 / 1278
Determines which TRX(s) belong to the inner zone and which TRX(s) belong to the outer zone of a concentric cell. Coded as a 16 bits bitmap. Each bit specifies the zone the corresponding TRX (if declared) belongs to. 0: Outer zone, 1: Inner zone. Site (CAE) Bitmap BSC TRX Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A # # N/A N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
753 / 1278
Indicates the ciphering algorithms supported by the TRX in TDM mode and in IP mode. The first byte indicates the ciphering capability in TDM mode. The second byte indicates the ciphering capability in IP mode. Each byte is coded as a 8 bits bitmap. Each bit indicates if corresponding encryption algorithm is permitted. Bit x=0 : encryption algorithm not supported Bit x=1 : encryption algorithm supported bit 0 : A5/0 (no ciphering) bit 1 : A5/1. bit 2 : A5/2 bit 3 : A5/3 bit 4 : A5/4 ... bit 7 : A5/7.
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
The possible values for each byte are : - A5/0 + A5/1 - A5/0 + A5/1 +A5/3 Site (CAE) Bitmap BSC TRX Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 771
External Comment
A5/2 is not supported by the BSS. Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here (A5/0 + A5/1 for both mode) is for implementation purposes. No No
754 / 1278
Training Sequence Code for any (packet) channel except for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH coded over 3 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. Two training sequence codes are used in Alcatel BSS: *) TSC for BCCH, CCCH and CBCH: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter BCC. This behaviour is compliant to 3GPP TS 05.02 which states that for BCCH and CCCH, the TSC must be equal to the BCC. In Alcatel BSS, for CBCH, the TSC is also set to BCC. **) TSC for any other (packet) channel: the BSS sets the TSC to the O&M parameter TSC.
No No
755 / 1278
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_integer (MFS) When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
Coding rules
756 / 1278
Instance Value
External Comment
When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 No No
757 / 1278
Downlink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A -91 dBm (19) N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
758 / 1278
Upper downlink level threshold for power control. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_DL_P > L_RXLEV_DL_P U_RXLEV_DL_P >= L_RXLEV_DL_P + 10 dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -75
No No
759 / 1278
Uplink level threshold for Microcell to Macrocell handover. coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A -98 dBm (12) N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
760 / 1278
Upper uplink level threshold for power control. coded over 6 bits :0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm U_RXLEV_UL_P > L_RXLEV_UL_P U_RXLEV_UL_P >= L_RXLEV_UL_P + 10 dB Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -75
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -75 dBm (35) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25) -85 dBm (25)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
761 / 1278
Upper downlink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) U_RXQUAL_DL_P < L_RXQUAL_DL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
762 / 1278
Upper uplink quality threshold for power control. step size = 0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) U_RXQUAL_UL_P < L_RXQUAL_UL_P Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 1
763 / 1278
Timing Advance threshold for distance handover. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 63
One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 35 km (63) 1 km (2) 35 km (63) 34.5 km (62) 35 km (63)
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
764 / 1278
Average window size on measurements to obtain samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1 Samfr Site (CAE) Number BSC BSC Unit Samfr Minimum 0 Maximum 128 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
765 / 1278
Radio bad FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, ..., 200 = 20%) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
766 / 1278
Radio FER threshold to detect calls with bad speech quality for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
767 / 1278
Radio good FER threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. coded 0 to 200, step size=0.1% (0= 0%, 1 = 0.1 %, ..., 200 = 20%) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 20 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
768 / 1278
Radio interference threshold to detect noisy calls for Voice Quality statistics. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
769 / 1278
Radio level threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. 0 = -110 dBm, 1 = -109 dBm, 62 = -48 dBm, 63 = -47 dBm, step = 1dBm Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -95
Coding rules
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
770 / 1278
Radio quality threshold to specify bad quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size=0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
771 / 1278
Radio quality threshold to specify correlation between quality samples for Voice Quality statistics. step size=0.1 (1==0.1 ... 70==7) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Up to 16 instances of this parameter with different values can be defined. This allows to define "RMS tempates" (see parameter RMS_template). No No
772 / 1278
Weight applicable to level samples for handover when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_HO + W_LEV_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
773 / 1278
Weight applicable to level samples for microcell handover when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_MCHO + W_LEV_MCHO < 16 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell N/A N/A N/A N/A 1 N/A N/A N/A
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
774 / 1278
Weight applicable to level samples for power control when no DTX is applied. A_LEV_PC + W_LEV_PC < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
775 / 1278
Weight applicable to level samples for power budget when no DTX is applied. A_PBGT_HO + W_PBGT_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
776 / 1278
Averaging weight applicable for full quality (Channel adaptation). Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
No No
777 / 1278
Weight applicable to quality samples for handover when no DTX is applied. A_QUAL_HO + W_QUAL_HO < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
778 / 1278
Weight applicable to quality samples for power control when no DTX is applied. A_QUAL_PC + W_QUAL_PC < 32 Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
779 / 1278
This flag indicates if the BSC sends a Q.704 TRA message upon first reception of SLTA from the MSC. 0 : TRA not sent upon first SLTA reception, 1 : TRA sent upon first SLTA reception Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
- This flag is set to 1 for interworking with a "White Book" MSC. It is set to 0 for interworking with a "Blue Book" MSC. - Parameter change: after modification, a BSC restart procedure is needed. On going calls are not disrupted (as long as no new signalling exchange is needed) but the new traffic is not accepted during that procedure. No No
780 / 1278
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Call Re-establishment". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Coding rules
No No
781 / 1278
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Emergency call". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 2
No No
782 / 1278
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Originating call". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
No No
783 / 1278
Value of Wait Indication for Establishment cause = "Location updating" or "Other procedures which can be completed with an SDCCH". 0: 0s, 1: 1s, ..., 254: 254s, 255: no IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT message is sent. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 5
Coding rules
No No
784 / 1278
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -40 Maximum 40 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
785 / 1278
Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -40 Maximum 40 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
786 / 1278
Upper limit of interference band 5. Coded over 6 bits: 0: -110 dBm, 1: -109 dBm...63: -47 dBm System (CST) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
No No
787 / 1278
This parameter enables to select the mode of operation, either OMC-R or CBC. 0: OMC-R, 1: CBC System (CST) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
788 / 1278
789 / 1278
Timer used by MFS to wait for Suspend acknowledgement from SGSN. 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ... ; 10: 1 ; ... ; 100: 10 Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
790 / 1278
Timer used by MFS to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN. 1:0,1 ; 2: 0,2 ; ... ; 10: 1 ; ... ; 100: 10 BSSGP_T4 < T_GPRS_Resume/ (Resume_retries+1)) Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
791 / 1278
This flag enables / disables autonomous rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
792 / 1278
This flag enables / disables CBL feature (Leaky Bucket Synchronisation) 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
793 / 1278
Safety factor to size BVC_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
794 / 1278
Safety factor to size default MS_Bucket_Size parameter, for downlink flow control, on Gb interface. step size = 0.1 FLOW_DIM_Safety_MS should be set to a value corresponding to the maximum multi-slot class of the MS present on the network Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 5
No No
795 / 1278
Threshold to enter the first level of GP(U) buffer congestion in a given GP(U) (buffers used for LLC PDU storage and the BSCGP signalling message storage). GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Network (CDE) Threshold MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
No No
796 / 1278
Threshold to exit the first level of GP(U) buffer congestion in a given GP(U) (buffers used for LLC PDU storage and the BSCGP signalling message storage). GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Network (CDE) Threshold MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 50
No No
797 / 1278
Threshold defining the second level of GP(U) buffer congestion in a given GP(U) (buffers used for LLC PDU storage and the BSCGP signalling message storage). GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_2 > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XOFF > GPU_BUFFER_CONGESTION_THR_1_XON Network (CDE) Threshold MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 90
No No
798 / 1278
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 7
No No
799 / 1278
Maximum number of outstanding I frames on a GSL link. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - K_GSL = 7 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - K_GSL = 16 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 32 Default 7
No No
800 / 1278
Maximum mean BLER value that a TBF can possibly reach step size = 0,05 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 0.95 Default 0.35
External Comment
The MAX_BLER value is used by RRM to evaluate the minimum number of GCHs necessary to support RT traffic on a TRX. No No
801 / 1278
Number of bytes above which a transition from "short data" to "long data" MS transfer shall be periodically reattempted (only useful in the rare cases where such a transition previously failed). step size = 100 bytes N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS <= N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit byte Minimum 100 Maximum 100000 Default 10000
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - A transition from "short data" to "long data" MS transfer can only fail in the rare cases where there is a too high number of TBFs on the TRX / in some very specific reallocation failure scenarios. A low value of N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC should be avoided because it will tend to increase the CPU load of the MFS for a defence case which should be rare (if TRX and Abis/Ater transmission resources are properly dimensioned). No No
802 / 1278
Number of polling cycles before Frame Relay " full status enquiry" (see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
803 / 1278
Error threshold (Frame Relay, see Q.933, Annex A). N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 3
No No
804 / 1278
Monitored error counts (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933 Annex A, A.7). Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 4
No No
805 / 1278
In a G2 BSC, Xoff threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") above which channel requests are no longer allowed to be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 105 Default 20
806 / 1278
In an Evolution BSC, Xoff threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") above which channel requests are no longer allowed to be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 105 Default 84
807 / 1278
In a G2 BSC, Xon hysteresis threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") below which channel requests can again be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_G2_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_G2_BSC Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 105 Default 10
808 / 1278
In an Evolution BSC, Xon hysteresis threshold (in terms of number of BSCGP messages queued in the "GSL output buffer") below which channel requests can again be sent on this GSL link. The interest of those Xon/Xoff thresholds is to avoid "GSL output buffer" overflow. NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XON_MX_BSC < NB_MSG_GSL_OUTPUT_BUFFER_XOFF_MX_BSC Network (CDE) Number BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 105 Default 52
809 / 1278
For a PDCH, percentage of channel capacity (in terms of radio block scheduling) which is exclusively reserved to NRT TBFs. That capacity is not allowed to be allocated to a streaming TBF (RT PFC). step size = 1% Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 7
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
In each direction (DL or UL), the minimum number of NRT TBFs which are possible (in all cases) to be established on a PDCH is equal to ((NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN/100) * (T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING/20ms)) rounded down to the closest integer value. This minimum number of NRT TBFs is guaranteed even in case of RT PFC allocation on the PDCH. The higher the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting RT PFC creation requests. The lower the value of NRT_GUARANTEED_MARGIN, the higher the risks of rejecting NRT TBF establishment requests (signalling or data traffic).
No No
810 / 1278
Authorize or inhibit DL LLC PDU ordering according to the remaining PDU lifetime. 0: ordering disabled, 1 : ordering enabled Should be set to "ordering disabled", when the MFS interfaces with an Ericsson SGSN or any SGSN modifying the PDU Lifetime value during data flows addressed to the same MS on the same LLC SAPI in a non-acceptable manner, otherwise should be set to "ordering enabled". Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
811 / 1278
Number of consecutive frames with BECN bit before congestion is stated. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
812 / 1278
When computing the best candidate timeslot allocation for an NRT TBF, this factor enables to give a higher weight (PDCH capacity) to the already-established NRT TBFs having a higher scheduling priority (combination of THP and of Precedence) than the TBF to be established or reallocated. This factor will tend to avoid piling up several TBFs with different scheduling priorities on the same PDCHs, which would degrade the throughput of the low-priority TBFs. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The higher the value of T_MAX_FOR_TBF_SCHEDULING is, the higher the value of SCHEDULING_PRIORITY_FACTOR shall be, in order to avoid degrading the throughput of the low-priority TBFs in a significant manner (if it is possible according to the available PDCHs in the cell). No No
813 / 1278
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for an MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack or beginning of an UL TBF) to a network solicitation sent on PACCH/DL when the MS is in PTM, or on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and non-DRX mode, or on main DCCH when the MS is in dedicated mode. step size = 0.1 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ack_wait = 1200 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS. - T_ack_wait = 1700 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T_ack_wait = 2300 ms if GPRS traffic between BTS and MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms) in at least one cell of the MFS and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for all the corresponding BTS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 5 Default 1.2
No No
814 / 1278
Timer defining the maximum time to wait for a MS answer (i.e. Packet Control Ack) to a network sollicitation sent on PPCH when the MS is in PIM and DRX mode. step size = 0.1 sec ; 0 = 0; 1 = 0.1;... ;100 = 10 It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 2.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_ACK_WAIT_DRX_PCCCH = 3 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2.5
No No
815 / 1278
Timer value controlling the time duration between successive resource reallocation attempts for candidate MSs (triggers T3 and T4). In a given cell, at each expiry of the T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC timer : - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 reallocation attempts are performed, - up to N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4 T4 reallocations are performed, - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3 T3 reallocation attempts are performed, - up to 2 x N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 T3 reallocations are performed. step size = 1 sec; value 1 means 1 sec; value 2 means 2 sec, and so on T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 20 Default 1
Coding rules
External Comment
This parameter, together with the parameters N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T3, N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_SUCCESS_T3 and N_MAX_PERIODIC_REALLOC_ATTEMPT_T4, allows to : - to control the reactivity of the BSS with regards to T3 and T4 reallocations, - and to control the extra CPU load generated by T3 and T4 reallocation attempts (the lowest the value of T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC, the highest the generated CPU load).
816 / 1278
No No
817 / 1278
Supervision of GCH link release for 16k channel. step size = 100 ms Trelease > Tdsl Treq_pending > Trelease It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Trelease = 500 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - Trelease = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 200 Maximum 1200 Default 500
Recommended rules
External Comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Trelease. No No
818 / 1278
Timer used by BSC, to wait for Resume acknowledgement from SGSN before releasing the CS channel. step size = 0.1 sec, coded from 2 to 50 T_GPRS_Resume < T3240 (10s) T_GPRS_Resume > (BSSGP_T4 * (Resume_retries+1)) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_GPRS_RESUME = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS.
Network (CDE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0.2 Maximum 5 Default 1
819 / 1278
Maximum time between two scheduling of a given NRT TBF (either between two DL block requests for a NRT DL TBF, or between two UL blocks received for a given NRT UL TBF). step size = 20 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 0.12 Maximum 0.3 Default 0.3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
820 / 1278
This timer controls the duration during which a MS context is kept after receipt of a FLUSH-LL. step size = 100 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 1000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
821 / 1278
This timer controls the maximum time during which a GPU waits for the response to a rerouting request. step size = 50 ms Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 50 Maximum 2000 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
822 / 1278
Timer to postpone the release of the M-EGCH link of a TRX, when the TRX does not support any (E)GPRS traffic, but a one uplink block has been allocated to a MS for a 2 phase access TBF establishment on one of the RTSs of the TRX step size = 1 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_one_block = 4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in all the cells of the MFS, - T_one_block = 5 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in at least one cell of the MFS (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T_one_block = 6 s if GPRS traffic between BTS and MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms) in at least one cell of the MFS and and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for all the corresponding BTS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 3 Maximum 10 Default 4
No No
823 / 1278
Timer to limit the duration of an UL TBF establishment. step size = 50 ms, 0 = 0 ms, 1 = 50 ms,... , 100 = 5000 ms The two following rules are recommended: i) The Time T_ul_access_max shall be longer than the duration of a radio allocation requested towards the BSC. ii) A too long value of T_ul_access_max may lead to reserve unnecessarily radio resources. It is recommended to set T_ul_access_max = T_repeat + 240 ms Round_Trip_Delay, where the T_Repeat is the maximum time between two successive packet channel requests, 240 ms is a given margin. The value of T_Repeat depends on the parameters S, TX_INT, and TX_INTEGER. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending on whether or not GPRS traffic is carried between BTS and MFS through satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms): - T_ul_access_max = 1400 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in at least one cell of the MFS (and this is irrespective of the BSS transport mode: Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = TDM or IP or mixed mode), - T_ul_access_max = 1000 ms if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in all the cells of the MFS (and this is irrespective of the BSS transport mode: Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = TDM or IP or mixed mode).
Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 1400
No No
824 / 1278
Timer monitoring the receipt of a Flush message or a GPRS suspend message further to the release of the on-going TBF(s) Step size : 0.5 sec 1 coded 1; 1,5 coded 2; 2 coded 3; 2,5 coded 4; .... 15,5 coded 30 and 16 coded 31 The timer T_WAIT_FLUSH shall be set to the maximum cell reselection duration plus the time for the MS to switch back to the old cell and send a Packet Cell Change Failure message. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 10
Coding rules
No No
825 / 1278
Guards the (un)blocking procedures. step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 3
No No
826 / 1278
Guards the reset procedure. step size=1sec Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
No No
827 / 1278
Supervision of acknowledgements on the GSL link. T_GSL_Ack (MFS) > T200_GSL (MFS) * (1 + N200_GSL (MFS)) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links: - T200_GSL(MFS) = 1 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater terrestrial links in all BSC of the MFS. - T200_GSL(MFS) = 2 if GPRS traffic is carried through Ater satellite links in at least one BSC of the MFS. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 2 Default 1
No No
828 / 1278
Link integrity verification polling timer (Frame Relay, see ITU Q.933, Annex A, A.7). N392*T391 is the value of the link failure detection time Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 30 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
829 / 1278
Multiplication factor used in the computation of the maximum number of DL TBFs allowed to be established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX (i.e. in the M-EGCH link of this TRX). step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 5 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - If there is a great amount of "short data" TBFs in the network (delayed DL or extended UL phases are longer than actual TBF traffic phases), the existing TBF limitations (in number of TBFs established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX) may be too restrictive and lead to some TBF establishment failures. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters allow to increase this limit, so to be more flexible. Another justification for the TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters is that the limits for DL and UL TBF numbers may be different. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters are used in the formulae to compute Min_Nb_GCH_Best_Effort_XL (RRM-PRH). An increase of their value should be validated by load tests (in order to check, among others, that the DSP can support the induced extra CPU load). No No
830 / 1278
Multiplication factor used in the computation of the maximum number of UL TBFs allowed to be established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX (i.e. in the M-EGCH link of this TRX). step size = 0.1 Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 5 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - If there is a great amount of "short data" TBFs in the network (delayed DL or extended UL phases are longer than actual TBF traffic phases), the existing TBF limitations (in number of TBFs established on a TRX for a given number of GCHs on this TRX) may be too restrictive and lead to some TBF establishment failures. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters allow to increase this limit, so to be more flexible. Another justification for the TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters is that the limits for DL and UL TBF numbers may be different. The TBF_GCH_RATIO_DL and TBF_GCH_RATIO_UL parameters are used in the formulae to compute Min_Nb_GCH_Best_Effort_XL (RRM-PRH). An increase of their value should be validated by load tests (in order to check, among others, that the DSP can support the induced extra CPU load). No No
831 / 1278
Time-out to trigger the block/unblock procedure. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
No No
832 / 1278
Time-out for reset procedure. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 120 Default 3
No No
833 / 1278
Overall time-out to test an NS-VC. Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 60 Default 15
No No
834 / 1278
Maximum time during which a GCH establishment or release request from PMU can be delayed in MEGCH layer. step size = 20 ms Treq_pending > Trelease+Tcorr Treq_pending > Testab+Tcorr Network (CDE) Timer MFS MFS Unit ms Minimum 1000 Maximum 5200 Default 2000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
835 / 1278
Format of the access burst used by (E)GPRS MSs when sending a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST, a PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT or a PTCCH/U message. 0 : 8 bits access bursts, 1 : 11 bits access bursts A couple of mate cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same ACCESS_BURST_TYPE when they are PS capable. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
836 / 1278
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do Packet access. Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
No No
837 / 1278
This parameter indicates whether or not a MS of a certain priority class is allowed to do a Packet access. Coded over 3 bits . 000: packet access is not allowed in the cell; 011:packet access is allowed for priority level 1; 100: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 2; 101: packet access is allowed for priority level 1 to 3; 110: packet access allowed for priority level 1 to 4 Equal to PRIORITY_ACCESS_THRESHOLD (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
External Comment
Persistence level parameter for priority (i) is meaningless if the Radio Priority (i) is not allowed No No
838 / 1278
Alpha power control parameter. Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 ... 1010 Equal to ALPHA (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
839 / 1278
Alpha power control parameter. Possible values are : 0.0 to 1.0 with step of 0.1respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010 ... 1010 Equal to ALPHA (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
No No
840 / 1278
Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is said "high". A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). For all the Ater_Usage_Threshold values being defined for the BSSs handled by the MFS, Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data <= Ater_Usage_Threshold 30%. Indeed, for consistency reasons, "short data" MS transfer optimizations should come prior to high Ater usage optimizations. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 70
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - When the Ater usage is "high", the GCH_RED_FACTOR_High_Ater_Usage is applied, whereas when the Ater usage is "normal" (i.e. percentage of used Ater nibbles is below the threshold), no GCH reduction factor is applied. Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied only on new TBF established after modification.
No No
841 / 1278
Threshold (percentage of used Ater nibbles, in a GPU) above which the Ater usage is optimized for "short data" MS transfers. If Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data is not set to 100% (100% meaning that there is no Ater usage optimization for "short data" MS transfers), then it is recommended to set it to 30%, except if the drawbacks of another value (as explained in the external comments) are deemed acceptable. For all the Ater_Usage_Threshold values being defined for the BSSs handled by the MFS, Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data <= Ater_Usage_Threshold 30%. Indeed, for consistency reasons, "short data" MS transfer optimizations should come prior to high Ater usage optimizations. If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers.
Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - Setting Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data to 100% means that there is no Ater usage optimization for "short data" MS transfers. If Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data is not set to 100%: - the higher the Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data value, the fewer ping time degradations and data transfer delays will be experienced, - the lower the Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data value, the more accurate the Ater consumption in the GPU will be (i.e. potential wastes of Ater resources will be minimized in the GPU). Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied only on new TBF established after modification.
842 / 1278
No No
843 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined Best Effort Packet Flow Context, and for all MS traffic without PFC Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Default value corresponds to the priority for interactive THP3. The minimum value (the highest priority) corresponds to one priority level below the streaming class. No No
844 / 1278
Number of CCCH blocks reserved for the access grant channel (AGCH), broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. coded on 3 bits (000 : 0, ...111 : 7) -BS_AG_BLKS_RES (MFS) = BS_AG_BLKS_RES (BSC) for a given cell -when CCCH_CONF=0 and CBCH is configured in the cell, BS_AG_BLKS_RES>0 - when CCCH_CONF=2, max value of BS_AG_BLKS_RES is 7 and BS_AG_BLKS_RES must be > 0 if CBCH is configured in the cell. -When EN_VGCS is disabled : . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= 1 -When EN_VGCS is enabled : . if BCCH_EXT = false, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES >= NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS . if BCCH_EXT = true, then BS_AG_BLKS_RES > NUMBER_NCH_BLOCKS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
External Comment
- Maximum and Default values given for CCCH_CONF=0 - For CCCH_CONF=1, max=2, def=1 - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts Paging (paging queues are reset and paging is suspended until the reconfiguration is completed). No No
845 / 1278
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (MFS) BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 9
External Comment
Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. No No
846 / 1278
Number of remaining RLC data blocks sent (per assigned PDCH) by the MS, below which the Count Down procedure is entered. One third of the number of RLC data blocks per assigned PDCH before the MS checks if the resolution contention has failed. Coded on 4 bits (1==0001, 2 == 0010 .. 15 == 1111). Equal to BS_CV_MAX (BSC) BS_CV_MAX should be set to a value equal to the "minimum" round trip delay to optimise the uplink re-transmission of non-acknowledged blocks and minimise window-stalled situations. If BS_CV_MAX is set greater than round-trip-delay, uplink retransmissions of unacknowledged blocks may be delayed. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - BS_CV_MAX = 9 if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - BS_CV_MAX = 15 if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 9
External Comment
Used by the MS to start the countdown value process (release of UL TBF) or to consider acknowledgement messages as valid for a given RLC data block. Lower values avoid too many TBF releases and reestablishments. No No
847 / 1278
Number of 51 frame multiframes between consecutive occurrences of a Paging Group, broadcast on the PBCCH for the CS service establishment. coded on 3 bits (000 : 2, ... 111: 9) BS_PA_MFRMS (BSC) = BS_PA_MFRMS (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 9 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
848 / 1278
Number of blocks allocated to the PAGCH or PDTCH or PACCH per 52 multiframe. coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, ..., 1010: 10) The codepoints 0000: 0, 1011: 11 and 1100: 12 are not supported by the ALCATEL BSS. BS_PAG_BLKS_RES < 12 BS_PBCCH_BLKS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 2
Coding rules
External Comment
According to 3GPP TS 05.02, the number of paging blocks "available" on one PCCCH = (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES - BS_PBCCH_BLKS) * 64. In order for the network to be able to page GPRS-attached Mobile Stations when PCCCH is present in the cell, there shall be at least one radio block where paging can occur. This requires (12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES BS_PBCCH_BLKS) to be strictly greater than 0. No No
849 / 1278
Number of blocks allocated to the PBCCH per 52 multiframe. coded on 2 bits : 00=Block B0 used for PBCCH, 01=Block B0, B6 used for PBCCH, 10=Block B0, B6, B3 used for PBCCH, 11=Block B0, B6, B3, B9 used for PBCCH BS_PBCCH_BLKS < 12 - BS_PAG_BLKS_RES Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 4
No No
850 / 1278
Number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each MPDCH. coded on 4 bits (0001: 1, .., 1000: 8) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
851 / 1278
This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the attenuated maximum GMSK output power of the BTS. It is always set to 0 by the OMC. A finer power attenuation, BS_TXPWR_ATTENUATION defined in step of 0.1dB, is managed instead. step size = 2dB 0 0 0 0 = 0 dB, 0 0 0 1 = -2 dB, 0 0 1 0 = -4 dB, ..., 1 1 1 1 = -30 dB Equal to BS_TXPWR_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -30 Maximum 0 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
The BTS maximum allowed transmit power is defined relatively to the sector maximum RF transmit power in GMSK (due to hardware limitation). No No
852 / 1278
853 / 1278
Determines whether an additional cell hysteresis shall be applied to the C31 criterion. The hysteresis is GPRS_CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS (for NC0 mode). 0 : no, 1 : yes Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
854 / 1278
Flag indicating an exception rule for GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET in NC0 mode. 0=NO, 1=YES Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
855 / 1278
Physical access rate of the Frame Relay bearer channel. CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC (OMC) Site (CAE) Number OMC BC Unit kbit/s Minimum 64 Maximum 1984 Default 64
No No
856 / 1278
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
No No
857 / 1278
Permanent offset to C2 criterion. step size = 2dB; coded on 6 bits (000000:0 dB, 111111 : 126 dB) CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(n)(MFS) = CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET (n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 126 Default 0
No No
858 / 1278
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
859 / 1278
Cell Identity of adjacent cell. Values 0..65535 correspond to the standard CI-value. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Equal to CI(n)(BSC). Site (CAE) Reference MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
860 / 1278
Commited Burst Size. CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbyte Minimum 0 Maximum 248 Default 0
No No
861 / 1278
Committed Information Rate. CIR=0 when "direct access" is used, CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 1984 Default 0
No No
862 / 1278
"Forgetting time" in the long term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link Adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_LT are negligible in the average of channel quality measurements. step size = 20ms Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.02 Maximum 5 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the related GP/GPU(s) restarted. No No
863 / 1278
"Forgetting time" in the short term averaging of channel quality measurements in the GPRS link adaptation: measurements which are older than CS_AVG_PERIOD_ST are negligible in the average of channel quality measurements. step size = 20ms Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.02 Maximum 5 Default 0.32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the related GP/GPU(s) restarted. No No
864 / 1278
CS3 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
865 / 1278
CS4 BLER threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the SIR measurements are not reported by the MS. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
866 / 1278
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
867 / 1278
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the downlink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 1.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
868 / 1278
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_LT thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
869 / 1278
Hysteresis value for AV_RXQUAL_ST thresholds used in the uplink radio link supervision to change the TBF coding scheme. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 6 Default 1.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
870 / 1278
Maximum transfer inactivity time to reuse the previous (Modulation and) Coding Scheme. This applies in case of transfer resumption during inactive TBF phase (delayed downlink TBF mode / extended uplink TBF mode) and in case of uplink TBF establishment on PACCH while extended uplink TBF mode is not used (with some additional restrictions). step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 5000 Default 680
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
871 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
872 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
873 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
874 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
875 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
876 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
877 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
878 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
879 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
880 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
881 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
882 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
883 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
884 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
885 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
886 / 1278
RXQUAL threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS1 to CS2 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
887 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
888 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
889 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
890 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS2 to CS3 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
891 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
892 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
893 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0.5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
894 / 1278
Threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the uplink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
895 / 1278
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
896 / 1278
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
897 / 1278
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is acknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
898 / 1278
Signal to Interference Ratio threshold used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS3 to CS4 in the downlink direction when the RLC mode is unacknowledged and the TBF is established on a non-hopping TRX. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
899 / 1278
Signal to Interference Ratio hysteresis used in the link adaptation algorithms to change the Coding Scheme from CS4 to CS3 in the downlink direction. step size = 0.1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
900 / 1278
Data Link Connection Identifier, corresponds to a PVC identifier, see Q.922 Annex A, Table 1. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit None Minimum 16 Maximum 991 Default None
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
901 / 1278
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, ..., 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
902 / 1278
Maximum value allowed for the MS to request for non-DRX mode after packet transfer mode. Radio coding :Possible values : 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 respectively binary coded as 000, 001, ..., 111 ONLY THE VALUES 0, 1, 2 AND 4 ARE POSSIBLE in ALCATEL BSS. Equal to DRX_TIMER_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
903 / 1278
Enables/disables the CS paging coordination managed in the BSS for MS in Packet Transfer Mode. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled - EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) = EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) - can be enabled only if (network_operation_mode <> NMO I) and (round_trip_delay < 500 msec for all the cells of the BSS) - if EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION is set to enabled, it is highly recommended to set EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE to enabled. - if EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). - if a BSC is connected to a MFS but GPRS is disabled (EN_GPRS = false) for any cells of the BSS, it is recommended to set EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to disabled for that BSS. Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Recommended rules
External Comment
The support of paging coordination in the BSS is not compatible with the "GPRS through satellite connection on Abis or Ater interface" feature. No No
904 / 1278
Enables/disables the CS paging coordination managed in the BSS for MS in Packet Transfer Mode. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled - EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (MFS) = EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION (BSC) - can be enabled only if (network_operation_mode <> NMO I) and (round_trip_delay < 500 msec for all the cells of the BSS) - if EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION is set to enabled, it is highly recommended to set EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE to enabled. - if EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). - if a BSC is connected to a MFS but GPRS is disabled (EN_GPRS = false) for any cells of the BSS, it is recommended to set EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to disabled for that BSS. Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Recommended rules
External Comment
The support of paging coordination in the BSS is not compatible with the "GPRS through satellite connection on Abis or Ater interface" feature. No No
905 / 1278
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC acknowledged mode. 0: Disable; 1: Enable If EN_STREAMING = 1 then it is recommended to set EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK to "TRUE" in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
906 / 1278
Enables / disables the link adaptation in RLC unacknowledged 0: Disable; 1: Enable Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
907 / 1278
This flag enables / disables rerouting of DL LLC PDUs. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
This parameter locks only the rerouting part of the feature. It has no effect on the securisation part. This parameter applies to both, intra-NSE and inter-NSE cell change. No No
908 / 1278
Enables/Disables EGPRS traffic in the cell. 0: Disable, 1: Enable EN_EGPRS = enable only if MAX_PDCH > 0. If EN_EGPRS is set to enable, Alcatel recommend to set the parameter PS_PREF_BCCH_TRX to 0. In case of extended cell, Alcatel recommend to set the same value in both, inner and outer, cells. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
From system point of view, when EN_EGPRS = Enable, the highest MCS allowed on the TRX is defined by the current size of the M-EGCH link of the TRX and by the MAX_EGPRS_MCS value. No No
909 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the extended TBF mode feature on the uplink (without or with allowing the MS not to answer to a USF received while in Extended UL TBF mode). 0: Extended UL TBF mode (EUTM) is not used 1: EUTM is used 2: I-EUTM is used (improved EUTM mode) -It is recommended not to activate simultaneously extended UL TBF feature (EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF) and the DL PDU rerouting feature (EN_AUTONOMOUS_REROUTING) - if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled and if RA capability update is supported by SGSN, then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must be enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
I-EUTM (improved EUTM) allow MS in EUTM mode to not answer to a USF. In I-EUTM mode, N_POLLING_EUTM_LIMIT and IEUTM_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD parameters can be used to tune the radio link monitoring. No No
910 / 1278
This flag indicates whether or not one Slave PDCH is available for (E)GPRS traffic in the cell (fast initial PS access feature). In an Evolium BTS, that corresponds to a PDCH being able to support incoming (E)GPRS traffic, that PDCH being located on an established TRX (i.e. the TRX owns an M-EGCH link) 0: disabled, 1: enabled - MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; - MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. - If GPRS traffic is carried between BTS and MFS through satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the corresponding BTS, then EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS must be equal to enabled. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
Better performances for service access time will be obtained when this parameter is set to enabled, but one PDCH will always be established in the cell. A compromise has to be made by the operator between performance gain and the cost of radio and terrestrial resources. This compromise becomes of higher importance in case of a cell connected through a satellite link due to the higher GPRS access time with satellite links, but also the higher cost of transmission links. No No
911 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the normal fast scheduling mode for the uplink TBFs in extended mode 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
912 / 1278
Flag to enable/disable the full fast scheduling mode for uplink TBFs in EUTM. 0: disabled, 1: enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- The full fast USF scheduling can be enabled /disabled independently on the normal fast USF scheduling (EN_FAST_USF_UL_EXTENDED parameter) - The parameter is relevant only if EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled No No
913 / 1278
Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the downlink TBF in the cell. 0: Disable the "full" IR, so : Incremental Redundancy with resegmentation allowed in DL, 1: Enable the "full" IR, so, Incremental Redundancy without resegmentation in DL To allow the best throughput in DL, it is strongly recommended to set this parameter to 0 i.e. to not forbid the resegmentation. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
914 / 1278
Enables the support of (E)GPRS multislot class 30-33. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Support of DTM (E)GPRS multislot classes 31 to 33 is possible only if EN_DTM = 1 and EN_MULTISLOT_CLASS_30_33 = 1. Support of configurations requiring EDA is possible only if EN_EDA = 1 (and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION = 1 in case of DTM). No No
915 / 1278
Enables the Network Assisted Cell Change feature. 0: disabled; 1:enabled Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_NACC = 0 Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
916 / 1278
Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. 0: Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). No No
917 / 1278
Indicates whether or not outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered from the serving cell. 0: Disable Outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered 1: Enable Outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is up to the operator to ensure that at least one NC cell reselection cause is always triggered upon receipt of the first Packet Measurement Report message. For instance, NC cell reselection Cause PT1 can be always activated by setting NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Site (CAE) Flag MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
An outgoing GPRS redirection is a NC cell reselection which is triggered when the MS enters the packet transfer mode in the serving cell even if the radio link is good. The intention of GPRS redirections is to redirect the MS towards a target cell more appropriate to carry PS traffic (for instance a macro cell). No No
918 / 1278
Enables/disables the support of the PFC negotiation feature. 1 => PFC feature is supported, 0 => PFC feature is not supported Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. No No
919 / 1278
Enables the Packet SI Status feature in cells w/o PBCCH or the Packet PSI Status feature in cells with a PBCCH. 0: disabled; 1:enabled Can be enabled only if round_trip_delay < 500 msec When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_PSI_STATUS = 0 Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
920 / 1278
Flag to enable/disable the Radio Acces Capability update on Gb 0: disabled, 1: enabled This parameter must be enabled if RA capability update is supported by SGSN and if it exists, at least, one cell where EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is enabled. The Extended UL TBF mode feature is completely effective only if the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE is set to enabled. If EN_STREAMING is set to 1 then EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS.
Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
921 / 1278
Flag to disable/enable the Inter-BSS and Inter-RAT NACC features (inter-RAT = inter-3G or inter-LTE). It covers both controlling and serving aspects : for controlling MFS, this is the ability to request and receive System Information messages from the Gb interface and to broadcast them to MS through the PACCH. For serving MFS, this is the ability to provide System Information messages when requested by another BSS/RNC. 0: Inter-BSS and Inter-RAT NACC are disabled 1: Inter-BSS NACC only is enabled 2 Inter-3G NACC only is enabled 3 Inter-BSS and Inter-3G NACC are enabled 4 Inter-LTE NACC only is enabled 5 Inter-BSS and Inter-LTE NACC are enabled 6 Inter-3G and Inter-LTE NACC are enabled 7 Inter-BSS and Inter-RAT NACC are enabled Site (CAE) Enumerated MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
- For a BSS working as a controlling BSS, the Inter-BSS NACC feature can be effective for a serving cell, if EN_NACC feature is enabled in that cell. For a BSS working as a serving BSS, there is no interaction with the EN_NACC feature. - Parameter change: When enabling (setting from 0 to <>0), a reset of all the BVC SIG is automatically performed (leading the MFS to stop and restart PS traffic in the BSS). In case of disabling (setting from <>0 to 0), the reset is automatically done only on the NSEs of the BSS, connected to a SGSN supporting the RIM feature (leading the MFS to stop and restart PS traffic on these SGSN(s)). In any other case of modification, there is no impact on the PS traffic; on going TBFs are not disrupted.
922 / 1278
No No
923 / 1278
Enables/disables the support of the STREAMING flows. 1 => the cell supports the streaming flows in addition to the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful 0 => the cell supports the non real time flows (best effort, interactive, background) if EN_PFC_FEATURE = 1 and if the PFC feature negotiation with the SGSN is successful - If EN_STREAMING = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 0 - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then EN_STREAMING = 0 1) If this parameter is set to 1 then the parameter EN_RA_CAP_UPDATE must also be set to 1 (enabled). Otherwise the BSS will not be able to handle streaming flow. If this rule is not respected then all PFC creation requests related to a streaming flow will be downgraded to the default best effort flow by the BSS. 2) the parameter EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK must also set to "TRUE" in order to activate the link adaptation mechanism so that the (M)CS can reach a suitable level regarding the level of the configured Rmin_(E)GPRS. Otherwise, the streaming PFCs can be downgraded to the Default Best Effort ABQP because the negotiated GBR cannot be reached on the radio interface. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
No No
924 / 1278
Excess Burst Size. CIR=0 <=> CBS=0 => EBS > 0 CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC EBS=FR_CAPACITY(expressed in kbit/s) / 8, if CIR=0 Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbyte Minimum 0 Maximum 248 Default None
No No
925 / 1278
Binary representation of the "gamma ch" for MS output power control. Coded on 5 bits, step size=2dB, with 00000 == 0 dB, 00001 == 2 dB, ... 11111 == 62 dB. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
External Comment
In the context of a concentric cell, the parameter applies to the outer zone. No No
926 / 1278
Mode of the transport for Gb interface: FR or IP. 0: FR mode 1: IP mode - EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if Gb_Transport_Mode is IP. - If Gb_Transport_Mode is FR then EN_GB_FLEX must be disabled. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE. When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). - Parameter change: before to set to transport mode to FR, the operator has to delete all the excessive NSEs (no more than one NSE per GPU, ie no more than one SGSN connected to the BSS). Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GP/GPUs connected to this BSS.
No No
927 / 1278
Mode of the transport for Gb interface (per NSE): FR or IP. 0: FR mode 1: IP mode Site (CAE) Number MFS NSE Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
- When the NSE is not associated to a BSS, the Gb_Transport_Mode_perNSE defines the transport mode of the NSE. When the NSE is associated to a BSS, the transport mode of the BSS defines the transport mode of all NSEs of the BSS (the Gb_Transport_Mode - of the BSS - overrides the transport mode defined in the NSE instance). - Parameter change: Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously the associated GP/GPU.
No No
928 / 1278
Reduction factor of the number of GCHs targeted per PDCH, when the Ater usage is "high". step size = 0.01 A low value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a high value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will avoid reaching the saturation point of 100% of the Ater resources used at the same moment in the GPU). Reciprocally, a high value of GCH_RED_Factor_High_Ater_Usage can be coherent with a low value of Ater_Usage_Threshold (it will limit the risks of wasting, i.e. of not using, Ater resources in the GPU). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 1 Default 0.75
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - The GCH reduction factor applies to the new PDCHs which are used when the Ater usage is "high" (see the Ater_Usage_Threshold parameter). This parameter can be reduced in order to avoid Ater shortage situations. No No
929 / 1278
Additional hysteresis which applies in Ready state for cells in same RA. step size = 2dB; coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001= 2 dB, 111=14 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 4
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
930 / 1278
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
931 / 1278
Maximum TX power level an MS may use when accessing the system. Coded on 5 bits from 0 to 31 The coding depends on the BCCH frequency band: P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
932 / 1278
Default value of the (E)GPRS multislot class assumed at TBF establishment when the actual MS (E)GPRS multislot class is unknown. The default MS class is used as an input of the best candidate TBF allocation computation process when the MS class is not known on UL TBF establishment. Only the following GPRS multislot class defined in 3GPP TS 05.02 annex B are allowed: 1: GPRS multislot class 1 (1+1 MS); 2: GPRS multislot class 2 (2+1 MS); 4: GPRS multislot class 4 (3+1 MS); 8: GPRS multislot class 8 (4+1 MS); 30: GPRS multislot class 30 (5+1 MS). The recommendations to set this parameter are the following: 1) In case the PS traffic is mainly signalling (e.g. there is a great proportion of RA Updates among the UL TBF establishment requests), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE shall be set to 1 (optimization of the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU). 2) In case the PS traffic is mainly data (high proportion of UL TBF establishment requests for data traffic), GPRS_MULTISLOT_CLASS_DEF_VALUE should be set to the most common multislot class which can be found among the mobile stations within the BSS (in order to limit the number of T2 TBF reallocations and of PPC / DSP CPU, triggered with the establishment of the concurrent DL TBF). In case of multislot class 30, this additionally requires that the multislot class 30-33 feature is widely activated in the BSS. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 30 Default 8
Coding rules
External Comment
The entered value is assumed by default at uplink TBF establishment when the actual MS multislot class is unknown (e.g. RACH one phase access on CCCH) . Otherwise, the multislot class received in the request for uplink TBF establishment is taken into account.
933 / 1278
No No
934 / 1278
Time during which GPRS_TEMPORARY_OFFSET is active in neighbour cells. step size = 10 sec, coded on 5 bits (00000 = 10 sec, 11111 = 320 sec) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 10 Maximum 320 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
935 / 1278
Permanent offset for GPRS cell reselection in neighbour cells. coded on 5 bits (00000 = -52 dB, 11111 = 48 dB) 00000= -52; 00001= -48; 00010= -44; 00011= -40; 00100= -36; 00101= -32; 00110= -28; 00111= -24; 01000= -20; 01001= -16; 01010= -12; 01011= -10; 01100= - 8; 01101= - 6; 01110= - 4; 01111= - 2; 10000= 0; 10001= 2; 10010= 4; 10011= 6; 10100= 8; 10101=10; 10110= 12; 10111= 16; 11000= 20; 11001= 24; 11010= 28; 11011= 32; 11100= 36; 11101= 40; 11110= 44; 11111= 48 Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum -52 Maximum 48 Default 0
No No
936 / 1278
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system. step size = 1 dBm, coded on 6 bits (000000 = -110 dBm, 111111 = -47 dBm) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
No No
937 / 1278
Minimum received level at the MS required for access to the system in neighbour cells. coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
938 / 1278
Negative offset used for MS cell reselection process in neighbour cells. Possible values : 0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, infinity respectively binary coded as 000, 001, ..., 111 Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum infinity Default 0
Coding rules
No No
939 / 1278
HCS signal strength. Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -48 Default -84
No No
940 / 1278
HCS signal strength. Coded on 5 bits. 00000=-110 dBm, 00001=-108 dBm, 11111=-48 dBm Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -48 Default -84
No No
941 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
942 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
943 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
944 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to high Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
945 / 1278
Load threshold used to determine a certain margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic between two sending of the BSCGP RR Allocation Indication messages. The threshold is expressed in percentage of the radio timeslots available in the cell. Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 90
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
The margin of radio timeslots reserved for CS traffic can be computed as follows: (100 - HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD_GPRS)/100*NB_TS where NB_TS is the number of radio timeslots available in the cell.
No
Nb of TRX Dependent t01 70 t02 70 t03 70 t04 80 t05 80 t06 80 t07 80 t08 80 t09 80 t010 80 t011 80 t012 80
946 / 1278
Maximum duration of UL TBF inactivity before MS is polled in EUTM mode when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled). step size = 20ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 1000 Default 300
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Change of parameter value is taken into account also for on-going UL TBFs No No
947 / 1278
Number of PDCHs on which MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL and MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL are targeted when establishing GCHs for a GPRS TBF associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied on current TBF and new TBF established after modification. No No
948 / 1278
Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time Equal to LAC (BSC) A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same LAC Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
949 / 1278
Location Area Code. LAC and CI can not be equal to 65535 at the same time. Equal to LAC(n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Reference MFS adj Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default 65535
External Comment
Default value depends on configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
950 / 1278
This parameter gives the low level of threshold for congestion. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 40
No No
951 / 1278
This parameter is used to calculate the amount of data used for buffering. step size = 0.01 amount of memory needed : PVC_Level1_factor * 10 * (CBS+EBS) for a PVC Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit None Minimum 0.05 Maximum 12.75 Default 1
No No
952 / 1278
This parameter gives the high level of threshold for congestion. Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 70
No No
953 / 1278
Number of load samples (calculated every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds) used to compute the maximum number of slave PDCHs that the BSC can allocate to the MFS. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit None Minimum 3 Maximum 30 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
954 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
955 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
956 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
957 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to low Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
958 / 1278
Indicative value of the maximum number of DownLink (E)GPRS TBFs per Slave PDCH. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 10 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
When allocating a DL GPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH. When allocating a DL EGPRS TBF: MAX_DL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in DL on each Slave PDCH (regardless of the current number of DL GPRS TBFs). No No
959 / 1278
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for EGPRS traffic in the cell. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: MCS-1; MCS-2; MCS-3; MCS-4; MCS-5; MCS-6; MCS-7; MCS-8; MCS-9;
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_DL_INIT_MCS MAX_EGPRS_MCS >= TBF_UL_INIT_MCS When cell_type = "extended outer", then MAX_EGPRS_MCS <= MCS-4 R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. It is advised to set MAX_EGPRS_MCS to a value different from MCS-2 to cope with MEGCH control message granularity in an optimal way. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 9
Recommended rules
External Comment
Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing.
960 / 1278
No No
961 / 1278
Maximum coding scheme used for GPRS traffic in the cell. 1 : CS-2; 2 : CS-3; 3 : CS-4 MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_DL_INIT_CS MAX_GPRS_CS >= TBF_UL_INIT_CS If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this last rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed)
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps) R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 4 Default 2
External Comment
- This parameter can be set to CS-3 or CS-4 only if the related feature has been bought and controlled per quantity. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing No No
962 / 1278
Maximum coding scheme used for the DL GPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. 1: 2: 3: 4: In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Enumerated MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1 CS-1 coded as 0 CS-2 coded as 1 CS-3 coded as 2 CS-4 coded as 3
Coding rules
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - Setting this parameter to CS-2 might introduce some problems (because a CS-2 block consumes exactly 1.00 GCH and might therefore block some of the MFS-BTS signalling messages to be sent in the M-EGCH link in DL). - If MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL is strictly higher than MAX_GPRS_CS, then MAX_GPRS_CS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. No No
963 / 1278
Maximum coding scheme used for the UL GPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. 1: 2: 3: 4: In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Enumerated MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 2 CS-1 coded as 0 CS-2 coded as 1 CS-3 coded as 2 CS-4 coded as 3
Coding rules
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - If MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL is strictly higher than MAX_GPRS_CS, then MAX_GPRS_CS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. No No
964 / 1278
Maximum number of CS+PS paging messages stored in GPU. Paging Rate = 100 paging/s AND Queueing Time = 5s Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 50 Maximum 1000 Default 500
No No
965 / 1278
Creation of a BSC
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS in the cell.
Coding rules
966 / 1278
Mandatory rules
Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH (MX BSC) Max_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD; If MAX_PDCH > 0 then EN_GPRS = TRUE ; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_GPRS = FALSE; If MAX_PDCH = 0 then EN_EGPRS = FALSE; If EN_VGCS= enabled, then "(MAX_VGCS_TS + MAX_PDCH) < Total number of TCHs of the cell" If Max_PDCH = 0 then MAX_GPRS_CS = CS-2. The aim of this rule is to prevent the BSC to trigger uselessly the algorithms of adjust ranking and transmission pool set up (lead time and outage) for CS3 and CS4, in case Max_PDCH = 0 (i.e. GPRS is not allowed) MAX_PDCH shall be set so that at least one slave PDCH can be allocated to the MFS to serve DL or UL TBFs. This means that MAX_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_GPRS = TRUE. When Max_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MAX_PDCH shall be an even number. The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX iv) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK=0) - 3 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = 2
Recommended rules
In a micro cell, the operator may be interested to force the MS to reselect a macro cell by a correct setting of the cell reselection parameters broadcast on PBCCH (without using NC cell reselections, i.e. when EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR is set to 0 and NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to NC0 in the micro cell). In this case, the following configuration is recommended: NB_TS_MPDCH = 1, MAX_PDCH = 2, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD = 1, MIN_PDCH = 1. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
967 / 1278
External Comment
127 is a theoretical value : 16 TRX * 8 PDCH - BCCH. To support LCS in a cell, it is mandatory to have Max_PDCH > 0
No No
968 / 1278
Maximum number of slave and master PDCHs that can be allocated to the MFS when the CS traffic is high. Shall be equal to MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD (MX BSC) - MAX_PDCH >= MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD - MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH - If EN_DTM = 1 then MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
969 / 1278
Maximum number of PDCHs allocated to a single (E)GPRS connection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
970 / 1278
Maximum number of CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the RACH, broadcast on the PBCCH for CS service establishment. Possible values are:1, 2 ,4 and 7 respectively binary coded:00, 01, 10 and 11 Max_retrans (BSC) = Max_retrans (MFS) for a given cell Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
External Comment
The bigger this parameter is, the lesser the MS power consumption is. No No
971 / 1278
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 1. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
972 / 1278
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 2. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
973 / 1278
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 3. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
974 / 1278
Maximum number of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST retransmissions by the MS on the PRACH with priority level 4. Possible values are : 1, 2, 4, 7 respectively binary coded : 00, 01, 10, 11 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 7 Default 2
Coding rules
No No
975 / 1278
Indicative value of maximum number of UpLink (E)GPRS TBFs per slave PDCH. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 6 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
When allocating an UL GPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of GPRS + EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH. When allocating an UL EGPRS TBF: MAX_UL_TBF_SPDCH is the maximum number of EGPRS TBFs allowed in UL on each Slave PDCH (regardless of the current number of UL GPRS TBFs). No No
976 / 1278
Minimum number of master and slave PDCHs that are always allocated to the MFS. - Shall be equal to MIN_PDCH (MX BSC) -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD >= MIN_PDCH; -MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; -MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. -When MIN_PDCH > 0 and cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then MIN_PDCH shall be an even number It is recommended to set this parameter to a value smaller than the maximum number of PDCHs that may be allocated in the cell, in order to avoid congestion on the MFS-BSC interface. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 127 Default 0
Recommended rules
977 / 1278
Mobile Country Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MCC (BSC) = MCC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
External Comment
The value depends on the configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
978 / 1278
Mobile Network Code of the own PLMN. 3 digits BCD The OMC-R shall ensure that the following rules are always fulfilled: - MNC (BSC) = MNC (MFS). - The cells belonging to the same BSC shall have the same (MCC,MNC) couple. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells internal to the OMC-R shall be selected from the set of own PLMNs. - The (MCC,MNC) couple of cells external to the OMC-R can be selected from the set of own or foreign PLMNs. Site (CAE) Reference MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default 999
External Comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
979 / 1278
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
980 / 1278
Maximum transmission power an MS is allowed to use when accessing the cell until otherwise commanded, broadcast on PBCCH for CS service establishment. P-GSM/G1 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 43 dBm, ..., 19: 5 dBm. GSM 850 coding: step size = 2 dBm; 0: 39 dBm, 1: 39 dBm, 2: 39 dBm, 3: 37 dBm, 4: 35 dBm,..., 19: 5 dBm. DCS 1800 coding:step size = 2 dBm; 0: 30 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. DCS 1900 coding: range 0 to 15, 30, 31; 30: 33 dBm, 31: 32 dBm, 0: 30 dBm, 1: 28 dBm, ..., 15: 0 dBm. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum 5 Maximum 43 Default 43
Coding rules
External Comment
The default value depends on the BCCH frequency band: Default value for P-GSM/G1: 43 dBm Default value for GSM850: 39 dBm Default value for DCS1800: 30 dBm Default value for DCS1900: 30 dBm No No
981 / 1278
N_AVG_I (BSC) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the SI13. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
982 / 1278
N_AVG_I (MFS) value is broadcast to the (E)GPRS MS in the PSI 13 and PSI1. The (E)GPRS MS uses it for filtering the interference signal level measurements that it shall perform during the packet transfer mode. These measurements are used by the (E)GPRS MS for output power control, but also reported to the network and used for performing downlink link adaptation. coded on 4 bits Equal to N_AVG_I (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
983 / 1278
Number of bytes below which an MS transfer is considered to be "short data". step size = 1 byte N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS <= N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS_PERIODIC Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit byte Minimum 20 Maximum 10000 Default 150
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - An MS transfer is considered to be "short data" as long as less than N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS bytes have been transferred in both directions (since the TBF establishment(s)). Else, if more than N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS bytes have been transferred in at least one direction, the MS transfer is considered to be "long data". Note: in DL, the bytes of the DL LLC PDUs currently queued for the MS (but not yet sent to the MS) are also counted. Decreasing (respectively increasing) the value of N_DATA_BYTES_MAX_TRANS will tend: - to make the Ater resource optimization worse (respectively better) when the Ater usage of the GPU is above Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data, - to reduce (respectively make higher) the PS throughput degradations at the beginning of MS traffics when the Ater usage of the GPU is above Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data, - to make the MFS and BSC CPU loads higher (respectively lower). - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied immediately on current TBF and on new TBF, established after modification.
No No
984 / 1278
Maximum number of consecutive polling requests that can be sent to a MS in EUTM state (when EN_EXTENDED_UL_TBF is set ot 2 (IEUTM enabled)) without receiving a polling response in a PCA. step size = 1 The value of the parameter should be set to a value high enough to avoid any spurious abnormal UL TBF releases. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 20 Default 10
External Comment
A change of parameter value is taken into account also for on-going UL TBFs. No No
985 / 1278
Number of times a RAN procedure is retried (after first attempt) before giving up (in case of no answer is received) Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
986 / 1278
In an UL TBF tranfer procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network receives no valid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS on its allocated PDCH. To note that the counter N3101 can be incremented more than one time per block period. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 10 Maximum 64 Default 64
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
987 / 1278
In an UL TBF releasing procedure, maximum of consecutive times (before releasing abnormally the UL TBF) when the network does not receive a Packet Control Acknowledgement from the MS in response of its Packet UL ACK/NACK which specifies the end of the TBF. N3103_Limit: maximum number of retransmissions to release an UL TBF Max_Retrans_DL: maximum number of retransmissions to establish a DL TBF In case of simultaneous UL TBF Release and DL TBF establishment with loss of the Packet Control Ack which acknowledges the final Packet UL Ack/Nack, the UL TBF has to be released, at least before the last attempt to establish the DL TBF, in order to avoid the emission of a Radio Status. Consequently the following rule has to be followed: (N3103_Limit + 1) x (RTD + 60) < Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) N3103_Limit + 1: total number of attempts to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack RTD: Round Trip Delay 60 (msec): for the Packet UL Ack/Nack acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used Max_Retrans_DL: total number of attempts minus one to send the Packet DL Assignment 60 (msec): for the Packet DL Assignment acknowledgement: RRBP + 3 is used N3103_Limit < (Max_Retrans_DL x (RTD + 60) / (RTD + 60)) - 1 N3103_Limit < [Max_Retrans_DL] - 1 Example: With Max_Retrans_DL = 3: N3103_Limit < 2 that is N3103_Limit = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 16 Default 1
External Comment
988 / 1278
No No
989 / 1278
For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 64 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. No No
990 / 1278
For a DL GPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 64 Default 24
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions. The polling frequency depends on GPRS_DL_Ack_Period_Satellite, T_DL_GPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. No No
991 / 1278
Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. 0) NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled; MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. 2) if the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
992 / 1278
External Comment
- Only the value 0 is supported - The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended. No No
993 / 1278
Number of radio timeslots reserved for the primary and secondary master PDCHs defined in the cell. 0) NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 1) MIN_PDCH > NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = enabled;MIN_PDCH >= NB_TS_MPDCH if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = disabled. 2) if the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to 2 (NMO II) then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. 3)The following conditions are verified by the OMC-R in order to check the upper limit of MAX_PDCH: i) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 1 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "1: CCCH combined" ii) MAX_PDCH <= 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) - 2 if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on BCCH TRX and CCCH_CONF = "0: CCCH not combined" iii) MAX_PDCH <= NB_TS_MPDCH + 8*(nb of TRXs with TRX_PREF_MARK = 0) if TRX_PREF_MARK <> 0 on BCCH TRX. 4) When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NB_TS_MPDCH = 0
Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
994 / 1278
External Comment
- Only the value 0 is supported - The Master PDCH requires the establishment of a GCH (Abis and Ater) which does not carry traffic. In case of Abis or Ater through satellite link, the usage of the MPDCH must consider the following criteria: * higher cost of transmission resources through the satellite link; * limited throughput of the RSL in case of Abis through satellite to about 6 kbit/s (because of round trip delay effect on acknowledged protocol with limited LAP-D window size). In case of important CS signalling load, the RSL may not be able to transport the additional signalling load due toTBF establishments when no MPDCH is established. Hence the recommendation in the GPRS through satellite case is: * for a cell connected with Abis through satellite and with non negligible signalling load (CS+PS), MPDCH is recommended; * for a cell connected with Ater through satellite, MPDCH is not recommended. No No
995 / 1278
Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT2 can be triggered due to the detection of a better neighbour cell. 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm (Always)" (step size = 1 dB) In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT2 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_LIMIT_THR to -110 dBm (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -47
Coding rules
External Comment
1) The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselections Cause PT2. 2) The specific value of "-47 dBm (Always)" systematically allows the triggering of NC cell reselections Cause PT2 No No
996 / 1278
Threshold below which a NC cell reselection Cause PT1 is triggered due to a too bad RXLEV in the downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). 0: "-110 dBm (Never)", 1:" -109 dBm", ...,63: "-47 dBm" (step size = 1 dB) In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to activate NC cell reselection Cause PT1 (i.e. set NC_DL_RXLEV_THR to -47 dBm (Always). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -96
Coding rules
External Comment
The specific value of "-110 dBm (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT1. No No
997 / 1278
Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT3 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in downlink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: "0", "0.1", "0.2", ..., "6.9", "7 (Never)". In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT3 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 7
Coding rules
External Comment
The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT3. No No
998 / 1278
NC ping-pong offset which is applied to the C2 or C32 criterion to disfavour the neighbour cells during T_NC_PING_PONG_OFFSET. step size = 1 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 63 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
999 / 1278
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.48 Maximum 61.44 Default 0.96
Coding rules
No No
1000 / 1278
Reporting period of NC measurements reported by the MS while in packet transfer mode. coded from 0 to 7 (0 0 0 : 0.48 sec , 0 0 1: 0.96 sec , 0 1 0 : 1.92 sec , 0 1 1: 3.84 sec, 1 0 0 : 7.68 sec , 1 0 1 : 15.36 sec , 1 1 0: 30.72 sec , 1 1 1: 61.44 sec) . Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit sec Minimum 0.48 Maximum 61.44 Default 0.96
Coding rules
No No
1001 / 1278
NC cell reselection offset used for triggering power budget causes. 0: -127 dB (Always), 1: -126 dB, ..., 254: 127 dB, 255: 128 dB (Never) (step size = 1 dB) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dB Minimum -127 Maximum 128 Default 128
External Comment
1) The specific value of "128 dB (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. 2) The specific value of "-127 dB" (Always)" systematically triggers the NC cell reselection Cause PT2 towards the target cell n. No No
1002 / 1278
Forgetting factor of the filter used to average the NC measurements reported in the Packet Measurement Report messages. step size = 0.001 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0.13
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
This parameter applies to the serving cell and the neighbour cells. No No
1003 / 1278
Period after which a weight of 0.9 s is applied to the current UL or DL RXQUAL samples in the averaging filter. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 20 Maximum 10000 Default 4000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
1004 / 1278
Threshold above which a NC cell reselection Cause PT4 is triggered due to a too bad RXQUAL in uplink direction (while the MS is in packet transfer mode). step size = 0.1. At the OMC-R, the following values are displayed: "0", "0.1", "0.2", ..., "6.9", "7 (Never)" In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Enable), it is recommended to deactivate NC cell reselection Cause PT4 (i.e. set NC_UL_RXQUAL_THR to 7 (Never). The aim of this recommended rule is to limit the conditions triggering a GPRS redirection. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 7
Coding rules
External Comment
The specific value of "7 (Never)" deactivates the NC cell reselection Cause PT4. No No
1005 / 1278
NC2 deactivation mode. This parameter defines whether or not the Packet Measurement Order message with a Reset Command is sent at the end of a packet transfer. 0: "NC2 deactivation at the end of the packet transfer". A Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode at the end of the packet transfer. 1: "NC2 deactivation at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer". No Packet Measurement Order message is sent to deactivate the NC2 mode. In cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are not triggered systematically (i.e. EN_OUTGOING_GPRS_REDIR = Disable), the presence of the PBCCH is not mandatory. However, the following recommendations apply, depending on the presence of the PBCCH: - If PBCCH is present, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE can be set to any value (at the end of the packet transfer mode or at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer) if the setting of the C32 parameters ensures that GPRS mobile stations do not camp in cells where outgoing GPRS redirections are systematically triggered. - If PBCCH is not present or PBCCH is present but C32 parameters are not correctly set, the NC2_DEACTIVATION_MODE should be set to "at the expiry of the GMM Ready timer" to prevent the GPRS mobile stations from reselecting a cell where outgoing GPRS redirections are triggered systematically (at least while the MS is in packet idle mode and the GMM Ready timer is running).
Coding rules
Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
1006 / 1278
This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections and no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
1007 / 1278
External Comment
If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS", then the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). If EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = "Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1", then the 3G search is activated even when activating the NC2 mode (the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message will not be sent). No No
1008 / 1278
This parameter defines whether the MS or the BSS controls the cell reselections. 0: NC0 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections an no MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 1: NC1 mode of operation for all MS. All MS controls their cell reselections but all the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. (Not supported) 2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of R99 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of R99 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of all MS when in packet transfer mode or of all MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. 4: NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS. The BSS controls the cell reselections of Rel.4 onwards MS when in packet transfer mode or of Rel.4 onwards MS when in GMM Ready state (depending on the selected NC2 deactivation mode). While the NC2 mode is activated for the concerned MS, the MS reports packet measurements to the BSS. - The OMC-R only shows the values 0, 2, 3 and 4 to the operator. - When cell_type = "extended inner" or "extended outer", then NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 mode of operation for all MS Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
1009 / 1278
External Comment
If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel.4 onwards MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode (activation performed through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message). This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. No No
1010 / 1278
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III. If the network_operation_mode (BSC) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0 Equal to network_operation_mode (MFS).
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
If EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
External Comment
Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. No No
1011 / 1278
This parameter defines the CS-PS co-ordination for paging. 3 possible values : 1, 2, 3; 1 == Network operation mode I ; 2 == Network operation mode II ; 3 == Network operation mode III If the network_operation_mode (MFS) parameter is set to NMO II then all cells of the BSS must have NB_TS_MPDCH = 0. Equal to network_operation_mode (BSC).
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
If EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 3 Default 2
External Comment
Any change will trigger a data reset of the GPUs. Stop and restart of (E)GPRS traffic in all the cells of the BSS. NMO I requires a Gs interface. No No
1012 / 1278
Normal Information Rate. CIR <= NIR <= CIR x (1 + EBS/CBS) <= ACCESS_RATE_BC NIR=0 when direct access is used Site (CAE) Number MFS PVC Unit kbit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 1984 Default 0
No No
1013 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Background Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1014 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP1 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 6
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1015 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP2 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 9
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1016 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for Interactive THP3 Packet Flow Context, with precedence parameter set to normal Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1017 / 1278
Priority of the NSVC, is used by the load sharing (used for Gb over Frame Relay interface). 1: lowest priority, 255:highest priority Site (CAE) Number MFS NSVC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1018 / 1278
1019 / 1278
This parameter defines the maximum number of consecutive Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or EGPRS Packet Downlink ACK/NACK messages reporting the failure of progress of the RLC window during the active phase of a downlink TBF, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 256 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1020 / 1278
NstagnatingWindow limit above which a mono-slot uplink TBF alone on its PDCH shall be released: the counter is incremented each time a Packet UL Ack/Nack fails in making the RLC window progress. For a multi-slot TBF or a TBF which shares its PDCH, the limit is proportional to the allocated bandwidth at the TBF establishment. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 256 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1021 / 1278
NSVC identifier (used for Gb over Frame Relay interface). Site (CAE) Number MFS NSVC Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 65535 Default None
No No
1022 / 1278
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1023 / 1278
Value decremented from MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is not received before MS timer T3182. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_DEC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1024 / 1278
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1025 / 1278
Value incremented to MS N3102 counter when PACKET UL ACK/NACK is received by MS. Binary coded on 3 bits Equal to PAN_INC (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1026 / 1278
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Possible values : 4, 8, 12...., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001, ..., 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 32 Default 32
Coding rules
No No
1027 / 1278
Maximum value for counter N3102. cell reselection is done by MS when N3102 <= 0. Possible values : 4, 8, 12,.., 32 respectively binary coded 000, 001,.. , 111 Equal to PAN_MAX (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 32 Default 32
Coding rules
No No
1028 / 1278
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (MFS). PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1029 / 1278
This parameter determines on which channel the MS shall measure the received power level on the downlink for the purpose of the uplink power control. 0 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on BCCH, 1 : downlink measurements for power control shall be made on PDCH Equal to PC_MEAS_CHAN (BSC). PC_MEAS_CHAN should be forced to PDCH in multiband cells Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
No No
1030 / 1278
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 0.5
No No
1031 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1
No No
1032 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1.5
No No
1033 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2
No No
1034 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2.5
No No
1035 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3
No No
1036 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3.5
No No
1037 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4
No No
1038 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_DL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4.5
No No
1039 / 1278
Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for DL TBF duration distribution. step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 0.5
No No
1040 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 1
No No
1041 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 2
No No
1042 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 3
No No
1043 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 5
No No
1044 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 10
No No
1045 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 20
No No
1046 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 50
No No
1047 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for DL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 100
No No
1048 / 1278
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1049 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 1000
No No
1050 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 2000
No No
1051 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 3000
No No
1052 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 5000
No No
1053 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 10000
No No
1054 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 20000
No No
1055 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 50000
No No
1056 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an DL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_DL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 100000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1057 / 1278
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 0.5
No No
1058 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_1 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2< PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1
No No
1059 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_2 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 1.5
No No
1060 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_3 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2
No No
1061 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_4 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 2.5
No No
1062 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_5 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3
No No
1063 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_6 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 3.5
No No
1064 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_7 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4
No No
1065 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL PDCH unit allocation distribution step size = 0.1 PDCH PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_8 < PD_UL_PDCH_UNIT_ALLOC_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0.1 Maximum 4.9 Default 4.5
No No
1066 / 1278
Upper limit of the first band, lower limit of the second band for UL TBF duration distribution. step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 0.5
No No
1067 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 1
No No
1068 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 2
No No
1069 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 3
No No
1070 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 5
No No
1071 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 10
No No
1072 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 20
No No
1073 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 50
No No
1074 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for UL TBF duration distribution step size = 0.5 sec PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_DURATION_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 16383.5 Default 100
No No
1075 / 1278
Upper limit of the 1st band, lower limit of the 2nd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 500
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1076 / 1278
Upper limit of the 2nd band, lower limit of the 3rd band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_1 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 1000
No No
1077 / 1278
Upper limit of the 3rd band, lower limit of the 4th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_2 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 2000
No No
1078 / 1278
Upper limit of the 4th band, lower limit of the 5th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_3 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 3000
No No
1079 / 1278
Upper limit of the 5th band, lower limit of the 6th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_4 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 5000
No No
1080 / 1278
Upper limit of the 6th band, lower limit of the 7th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_5 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 10000
No No
1081 / 1278
Upper limit of the 7th band, lower limit of the 8th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_6 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 20000
No No
1082 / 1278
Upper limit of the 8th band, lower limit of the 9th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_7 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 50000
No No
1083 / 1278
Upper limit of the 9th band, lower limit of the 10th band for LLC volume carried by an UL TBF distribution step size = 1 byte PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_8 < PD_UL_TBF_VOLUME_THR_9 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit byte Minimum 1 Maximum 99999999 Default 100000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1084 / 1278
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 1. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
1085 / 1278
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 2. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
1086 / 1278
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 3. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
1087 / 1278
This parameter indicates the values of the access persistence level for radio priority 4. Values : 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 16 coded on 4 bits 0 0 0 0 : persistence level 0, 0 0 0 1: persistence level 1, 0 0 1 0:persistence level 2, 0 0 1 1: persistence level 3, 0 1.0.0 : persistence level 4 . . . . 1 1 1 0 : persistence level 14, 1 1 1 1: persistence level 16 Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16 Default 0
Coding rules
No No
1088 / 1278
Timer guarding the Download-BSS-PFC procedure step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.5
No No
1089 / 1278
Timer guarding the Modify-BSS-PFC procedure step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 10 Default 0.5
No No
1090 / 1278
Received level above which a PRACH block is deemed busy. This parameter is encoded with a step size of 4 dB as follows: 0: -110 dBm 1: -106 dBm 2: -102 dBm 3: -98 dBm 4: -94 dBm 5: -90 dBm 6: -86 dBm 7: -82 dBm 8: -78 dBm 9: -74 dBm 10: -70 dBm 11: -66 dBm 12: -62 dBm 13: -58 dBm 14: -54 dBm 15: -50 dBm Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -50 Default -106
External Comment
1091 / 1278
HCS priority of the cell, used in NC0. Coded on 3 bits. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
No No
1092 / 1278
HCS priority of the adjacent cell, used in NC0. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
No No
1093 / 1278
Indicates whether or not the PS requests shall be preferentially served with PDCH(s) of the BCCH TRX 0: No preference. The TRX ranking algorithm handles the BCCH TRX as a non-BCCH TRX. 1: PS requests preferentially served on BCCH TRX. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the highest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX). 2 : PS requests served on BCCH TRX with lowest priority. The TRX ranking algorithm ensures that the BCCH TRX has the lowest preference to carry PS traffic (provided that the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic, i.e. TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on that TRX).
Coding rules
If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, Alcatel recommend to set this parameter to 0 in order to reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power (see external comment). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, setting this parameter to 0 does not reduce the likelihood of having to reduce the GMSK output power since PS capable TRXs will hop on the BCCH carrier. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
1094 / 1278
External Comment
When set to 1 or 2, this parameter is only relevant if the BCCH TRX supports PS traffic (i.e. if TRX_PREF_MARK = 0 on the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a non-hopping or a non-hopping / radio-hopping cell, if the BCCH TRX can carry PS traffic and if the BCCH TRX is associated to a TRE hardware allowing the usage of 8-PSK, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GSMK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if an SDCCH timeslot is defined on timeslot number 7 of the BCCH TRX). If EGPRS is activated in a base-band hopping cell, the operator shall ensure that the difference in the mean output powers between GMSK and 8-PSK signals is less than 2 dB in order to be compliant with 3GPP TS 45.005 and 3GPP TS 45.008 requirements (or 4 dB if timeslot number 7 is not part of the PDCH groups). No No
1095 / 1278
Additional capacity (in terms of radio bandwidth and in terms of transmission resources) which is reserved for a streaming TBF (RT PFC) to correctly fulfil its AGBR contract and to possibly convey other multiplexed NRT PFC(s) of the same TBF. The part of this margin that is not used by the streaming TBF may be used by other TBF(s). step size = 1% Setting QOS_SAFETY_MARGIN to 0% is not recommended (the GBR of some RT PFCs may turn out to be impossible to guarantee in this case). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 20
External Comment
In case of IP transport in the BSS, UDP/IP headers are taken into account in the bandwidth computation No No
1096 / 1278
Average bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_EGPRS_MCS (e.g. if MAX_EGPRS_MCS = MCS9 => R_AVERAGE_EGPRS shall not be higher than 59,2kbps). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 59200 Default 30000
External Comment
This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to MCS-6. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. No No
1097 / 1278
Average bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to MAX_GPRS_CS (e.g. if MAX_GPRS_CS = CS2 => R_AVERAGE_GPRS shall not be higher than 12kbps). Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 12000
External Comment
This parameter represents the average bit rate that is targeted, per PDCH, in the cell with respect to the cell radio planning. It is recommended not to set this bit rate higher than the average measured bit rate in the cell. The default value corresponds to CS-2. The max value corresponds to CS-4. No No
1098 / 1278
This parameter indicates in both STANDBY and READY state the additional hysteresis which applies when selecting a cell in a new Routing Area. step size = 2 dB, Coded on 3 bits. 000=0 dB, 001=2 dB, ...111=14 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1099 / 1278
Timing Advance threshold for CHANNEL REQUIRED and PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST filtering. 64: no filtering Equal to RACH_TA_FILTER (BSC) Disable the filtering for extended cells. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit bper Minimum 0 Maximum 64 Default 64
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
One unit corresponds to a distance of about 550m. CHANNEL REQUIRED or PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST messages with Timing Advance greater or equal to RACH_TA_FILTER are discarded. No No
1100 / 1278
Minimal bitrate per PDCH for Edge capable terminals in this cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less %, depending on tolerable risk) RMIN_EGPRS <= R_AVERAGE_EGPRS If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be respected: RMIN_EGPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_MCS, TBF_DL_INIT_MCS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_EGPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_EGPRS_MCS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 59200 Default 20800
External Comment
This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to a bitrate between MCS-4 and MCS-5. The max value corresponds to MCS-9. No No
1101 / 1278
Minimal bitrate per PDCH for non-Edge capable terminals in this cell cell (at 95 % or 90% confidence level or less, depending on tolerable risk) RMIN_GPRS <= R_AVERAGE_GPRS If EN_STREAMING = 1 and EN_CS_ADAPTATION_ACK = False then the following condition must be respected: RMIN_GPRS <= useful bitrate corresponding to min (TBF_UL_INIT_CS, TBF_DL_INIT_CS). Otherwise the streaming PFC can be downgraded to the Defaut Best Effort ABQP. R_MIN_GPRS shall not be set to a bitrate higher than the useful bitrate corresponding to Max_GPRS_CS. If the above recommended rule is not fulfilled, then some RT PFCs can be accepted by the BSS whereas it will not be possible to handle their associated GBR. This may result in RT PFC downgrades to Best Effort. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit bit/s Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 8000
External Comment
This parameter is used to provide a guaranted Bit rate of streaming PFC for Non Edge capable MS, in the worst case radio condition. It should be set appropriately with respect to the cell radio planning. The default value corresponds to CS-1. The max value corresponds to CS-4. No No
1102 / 1278
Round trip delay between the MFS and a MS, in TDM and IP mode. step size=10 ms - T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec - If GPRS traffic is carried between BTS and MFS through satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the corresponding BT, then EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS must be equal to enabled Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 80 Maximum 940 Default 160
External Comment
The round-trip delay is used by the RRM layers. The OMC-R and the MFS also use this parameter to determine whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links as follows: - If round_trip_delay < 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - If round_trip_delay >= 500 ms, the OMC-R and the MFS consider that GPRS traffic is carried through one satellite link: either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in case Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM); or through a satellite link between BTS and MFS in case Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP). When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links in the serving cell, it is recommended to set the round_trip_delay parameter to [Delay due to satellite (540 ms) + Delay due to MFS-MS link (160 ms)] = 700 ms.
No No
1103 / 1278
Routing Area Code for GPRS. The initial special value -1 means that the RA code has still not been set by the operator. - Equal to RA_CODE (MFS) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
Mandatory rules
External Comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
1104 / 1278
Routing Area Code. 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60) other values: external or unknown cell - Equal to RA_CODE (BSC) - A couple of mate extended cells (Extended inner + extended outer) shall have the same RA_CODE when they are PS capable Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
Mandatory rules
External Comment
The value depends on configuration. The default value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
1105 / 1278
Routing Area Code of neighbour cells. 0...255 (significant value: 3GPP TS 04.60); other values: external or unknown cell. The special value of "-1" means that the RA code has still not been valued by the network provider or that the MFS shall set the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field to 0. If i) the target and serving cells belong to different PLMNs and ii) the RAC and LAC of the target cell are equal to the RAC and LAC of the serving cell, and iii) there is a PBCCH established in the serving cell, and iv) a cell reselection adjacency link is defined between the serving cell and the target cell, then it is recommended to set the RA_CODE to -1. Otherwise, the MFS considers that the serving cell and the target cell belong to the same routing area when setting the SAME_RA_AS_SERVING_CELL field in the 04.60 PACKET SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 3/3bis messages. Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit None Minimum -1 Maximum 255 Default 0
External Comment
The special value of -1 means that the RA code has still not been valued by the operator or that the routing area of the serving cell is different from the routing area of the target cell. No No
1106 / 1278
Routing Area Colour for GPRS. Coded over 3 bits. the initial special value -1 means that the RA codecolour has not yet been valued by the network provider. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
External Comment
Default value depends on the configuration. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
1107 / 1278
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1108 / 1278
Minimum received level at the MS required for initial access to the cell. Coded on 6 bits, 0=-110 dBm, 63=-47 dBm, step size=1dBm. RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(MFS) = RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(n)(BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS adj Unit dBm Minimum -110 Maximum -47 Default -100
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1109 / 1278
Number of slots between 2 successive PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are : 12, 15, 20, 30, 41, 55, 76, 109, 163, 217 respectively binary coded : 0000, 0001, 0010,... ,1001 When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 900 ms. When the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set S so that the time between two successive Packet Channel Request messages is longer than 1400 ms. The number of slots belonging to the MSs PRACH between 2 successive Packet Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1) with T = Tx_INT. The time in seconds between two Packet Channel Request messages is determined as a function of S, TX_INT and of the BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter. BS_PRACH_BLKS defines the number of blocks statically allocated to the PRACH per 52 multiframe on each PCCCH.
Coding rules
Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 12 Maximum 217 Default 30
No No
1110 / 1278
Year corresponding to the version of ETSI/3GPP recommendations used to implement SGSN software. 0 = SGSN is release 98 or older; 1 = SGSN is release 99 onwards EN_GB_FLEX is enabled only if SGSNR = 1. Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Any modification of the parameter leads the MFS to reset autonomously all the GPUs connected to this BSS. No No
1111 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined "SMS" PFC. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
No No
1112 / 1278
Timer used to trigger restart of emission on a PVC (Frame Relay). step size = 1 ms Not changeable after MFS system initialization. Site (CAE) Timer MFS PVC Unit ms Minimum 10 Maximum 5000 Default 100
No No
1113 / 1278
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 12
No No
1114 / 1278
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet transfer mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_T (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 12
No No
1115 / 1278
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 20
No No
1116 / 1278
Signal strength filter period for power control in packet idle mode. binary coded on 5 bits Equal to T_AVG_W (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 25 Default 20
No No
1117 / 1278
This timer defines the duration of the delay introduced by the BSS to send the final Packet UL Ack/Nack message when releasing an UL TBF. step size : 100 ms ; 0 = 0 msec, 1 = 100 msec, 2 = 200 msec, etc Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 2000 Default 400
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- The feature "delayed emission of the final Packet UL Ack/Nack" can be inhibited by setting the value 0 to the parameter T_DELAYED_FINAL_PUAN. When the feature is enabled, the timer duration should be long enough to let the server send its response to the uplink PDUs received from the MS, while remaining short enough in order not to jeopardise the sending of further uplink PDUs by the MS. - If GPRS traffic between one BTS and the MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the concerned BTS, and if T_delayed_Final_PUAN < 540ms then the MS will wait for a delay equal to Max (540ms, T_delayed_Final_PUAN). This is due to the delayed PMU-PTU interworking when in IP mode (PMU at MFS side, PTU at BTS side). Note: 540ms is the RTD with a satellite link. No No
1118 / 1278
Time period to request for a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 60 Maximum 3000 Default 400
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1119 / 1278
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-BVC message to SGSN. step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1120 / 1278
Periodicity of emission of NM- FLOW-CONTROL-MS message towards the SGSN for GPRS and EGPRS Mobile Stations. step size=1sec, 0 means infinite timer Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 250 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
1) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS is set to "0", then the MS flow control mechanism is inhibited; 2) if T_Flow_Ctrl_MS has a non-null value, then "C< T_flow_ctrl_ms < Th". The parameters C and Th are defined in the 3GPP TS 08.18. No No
1121 / 1278
Timer to supervise clock drift correction loop for 16k channel. step size=100ms Tcorr > Trelease+240ms and Tcorr > Testab+240ms where 240 ms represents the maximum delay in MAC layer between the notification for a DBN correction and the application of this DBN correction. It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Tcorr = 0.8 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Tcorr = 1.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell.
Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.5 Maximum 2 Default 0.8
External Comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Tcorr. No No
1122 / 1278
Supervision of loss of GCH link establishment for 16k channels. step size= 100 ms Treq_pending > Testab It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - Testab = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - Testab = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 2 Default 0.4
External Comment
HMI name changed to precise that this timer is valid for GCH channels. Former HMI name Testab. No No
1123 / 1278
Timer to postpone the release of the "unused" GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX (the condition for some GCHs of the M-EGCH link of a TRX to become "unused" is that some TBFs established on that TRX were released). step size = 1sec T_GCH_INACTIVITY > T_CANDIDATE_TBF_REALLOC in all the cells of the BSS. This constraints avoids as much as possible that some GCHs are released and reestablished again some moments later. This way, the T3 and T4 TBF reallocations can benefit from the GCHs which are currently unused, but still established. If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers.
Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 3
External Comment
The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite. No No
1124 / 1278
Timer to postpone the release of the last N_GCH_FAST_PS_ACCESS GCHs established in a cell, when the last TBF has been released in the cell. There is no more (E)GPRS traffic in the cell, but keeping some GCHs established will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell (e.g. WAP, WEB). step size = 1 sec If it is seen as an important goal to save Ater resources in the GPU, a value of Ater_Usage_Threshold_Short_Data < 100% is coherent with a low value of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY and T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timers. Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 200 Default 20
External Comment
That timer is relevant only if EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS is disabled. The setting of the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer comes to make a trade-off between the GCH resource usage and the Telecom performance: - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the higher is the GCH resource usage on the Ater interface. - The higher is the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer, the lower is the average duration of TBF establishments on (P)CCCH, especially if the GPRS traffic is carried through satellite links. This parameter may also be used to ensure that the BSS reserves at least one GCH resource in the serving cell while the MS is engaged in a Web browsing session.
No No
1125 / 1278
Maximum duration of the extended uplink TBF phase step size = 100 ms T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - between 1 sec and 2 sec if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - between 1.5 sec and 2.5 sec if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links. If Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the concerned BTS, the operator shall ensure that T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay_bts_ms < 5 sec. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 4000 Default 2000
External Comment
If GPRS traffic between BTS and MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for the corresponding BTS, the duration of the extended UL phase in the MS is equal to this timer + 540ms. This is due to the delayed PMU-PTU interworking when in IP mode (PMU at MFS side, PTU at BTS side). Note: 540ms is the RTD with a satellite link. No No
1126 / 1278
Time which multiplied by the GBR defines a buffer level above which we may consider the BSS failed to provide the GBR step size = 1 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 8 Maximum 100 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1127 / 1278
Time during which the ping-pong offset is applied. step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 5000
No No
1128 / 1278
Time during which a NC cell reselection is inhibited towards that cell due to a previous NC cell reselection failure on that cell. step size = 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 0 Maximum 20000 Default 5000
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1129 / 1278
Maximum expected response time of a network server as seen from the MFS. step size: 100 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit ms Minimum 100 Maximum 5000 Default 1600
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
1) The response time corresponds to T1 T2 where T2 corresponds to the time at which a command is sent to the SGSN and T1 the time at which the response is received on the MFS side. This command / response is e.g. the LLC PDU containing an FTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the file transfer. It can also be the LLC PDU containing an HTTP GET and the first LLC PDU starting the page download. 2) The value of this timer defines the duration of the Delayed DL TBF Release procedure. In case the servers to which the GGSN serving the MFS is connected are not located at the same place, then the maximum server response time should be entered. However, note that the higher this timer is, the longer TBF releases will be delayed and therefore the more resources are used up.
No No
1130 / 1278
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (MFS) T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1131 / 1278
This timer indicates the maximum time a PS PAGING message can remain in a Paging Group Queue. It includes the round-trip delay on Gb and A-bis interface. step size = 0.1sec Equal to T_PAG_PS (BSC) T_PAG_PS < T3313 (SGSN timer) Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1132 / 1278
Scheduling period of PSI1, PSI13 or PSI14 on PACCH. step size =1sec, 00000 == Deactivated PSI scheduling on PACCH, 00001 == 1s, ... 11110 == T_PSI_PACCH = 30 sec Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 14
No No
1133 / 1278
Timer whose expiry allows a MS, which has performed an abnormal release with cell reselection, to reselect the previous cell. coded on 3 bits, 000= 5 sec, 001= 10 sec, 010 = 15 sec, 011 = 20 sec, 100= 30 sec, 101 = 60 sec, 110 = 120 sec, 111 = 300 sec Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 300 Default 5
Coding rules
No No
1134 / 1278
Timer supervising the disability of the adjacent target cell. When no RAN information has been received (no answer at the end of the retries or unknown destination), this parameter corresponds to the duration it is not possible to use the RIM NACC procedure for this target cell. Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit mn Minimum 1 Maximum 360 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1135 / 1278
Timer supervising reception of the following RAN Information with multiple report. It allows to resynchronize the System Information messages with the remote entity in case of restart of the remote entity. Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit mn Minimum 15 Maximum 360 Default 60
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1136 / 1278
Timer supervising reception of RAN Information ACK Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
No No
1137 / 1278
Timer supervising reception of RAN Information Site (CAE) Timer MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 255 Default 10
No No
1138 / 1278
The duration between the reception of the (EGPRS) Packet Channel Request message and one uplink radio block allocated to the MS. step size = 0.1 sec It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T_ul_asssign_pccch = 0.4 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T_ul_assign_pccch = 0.7 s if GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0.1 Maximum 0.7 Default 0.4
No No
1139 / 1278
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in SI13 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Equal to T3168 (MFS) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms) in the serving cell and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T3168 = 2 s if GPRS traffic between the corresponding BTS and the MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for this BTS. Site (CAE) Timer BSC cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
Coding rules
External Comment
The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
1140 / 1278
No No
1141 / 1278
This timer defines the maximum time the MS waits for a packet UL assignment, after sending a Packet Resource Request (case of two-phase UL TBF establishment) or after including a Channel Request Description Information Element in a Packet Downlink Ack/Nack (case of UL TBF establishment on a concurrent DL TBF). Broadcast in PSI1 within the GPRS Cell Options IE. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 001: 1000 ms 010: 1500 ms 011: 2000 ms 100: 2500 ms 101: 3000 ms 110: 3500 ms 111: 4000 ms. Equal to T3168 (BSC) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: - T3168 = 1 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links, - T3168 = 1.5 s if GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 0 (TDM). - T3168 = 2 s if GPRS traffic between the corresponding BTS and the MFS is carried through satellite link (round_trip_delay >= 500ms), and Abis_transport_mode(MFS) = 1 (IP) for this BTS. Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 1
Coding rules
External Comment
The setting of T3168 should leave sufficient time to the MFS for granting PDCHs for serving the UL TBF request, plus also cover the round trip time and the possible queuing delay within the MFS before the Packet Uplink Assignment can be sent to the Mobile Station. Therefore a value of 500 ms is not allowed in this release of the Alcatel BSS.
1142 / 1278
No No
1143 / 1278
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Equal to T3192 (MFS) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1)
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
1144 / 1278
Value
Unit ms
Minimum 200
Maximum 1500
Default 500
External Comment
The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec No No
1145 / 1278
Wait for release of the downlink TBF on MS side after reception of the final block by the MS. Coded on 3 bits as follows: 0 0 0: 500 msec 0 0 1: 1000 msec 0 1 0: 1500 msec 1 1 1: 200 msec Equal to T3192 (BSC) T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay < 5 sec T3192>MS-BSS roundtrip delay + RRBP maximum duration (60 ms) It is recommended to set this parameter as follows depending whether or not GPRS traffic is carried through Abis or Ater satellite links: ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried through Abis and Ater terrestrial links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 500 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1) iii) however, if T3192 is finally set to 200 msec, then : - some abnormal DL TBF release may occur during the delayed phase, and - the MS may not receive the NC2 deactivation order from the BSS, which may lead the MS to send useless PMR before leaving its ready state. ==> Case GPRS traffic is carried either through Abis satellite links or Ater satellite links in the serving cell: i) T3192 = 1500 ms if the non-DRX mode is not activated and the delayed DL TBF release mode is not activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX = 0 and EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 0) ii) T3192 = 1000 ms if the non-DRX mode is activated or the delayed DL TBF release mode is activated in the cell (i.e. if DRX_TIMER_MAX > 0 or EN_DELAYED_DL_TBF_REL = 1). In IP mode, the operator shall ensure that T3192 + T_MAX_EXTENDED_UL + round_trip_delay_bts_ms < 5 sec.
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
1146 / 1278
Value
Unit ms
Minimum 200
Maximum 1500
Default 500
External Comment
The following values ofT3192 defined in the 3GPP TS 04.60 are not supported in this release of the Alcatel BSS: 0 1 1: 0 msec 1 0 0: 80 msec 1 0 1: 120 msec 1 1 0: 160 msec No No
1147 / 1278
This timer indicates to the MS the delay between two consecutive Periodic Location Update procedures. 0: no periodic location update, coded on 8 bits Equal to T3212 (BSC) Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit 6 mn Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1148 / 1278
Threshold defining the number of consecutive PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the Coding Scheme of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to CS-1. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 8
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where N3105_LIMIT < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the GPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_CS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. No No
1149 / 1278
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot GPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to CS1. For a multislot GPRS TBF, TBF_CS_UL_limit := TBF_CS_UL x n_allocated step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 64 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1150 / 1278
Defines the window size required to estimate the CS3 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 512 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1151 / 1278
Defines the window size required to estimate the CS4 BLER. The window size is expressed as a number of DL RLC data blocks. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 512 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1152 / 1278
Value of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the downlink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 TBF_DL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 2
No No
1153 / 1278
Threshold defining the number of consecutive EGPRS PACKET DOWNLINK ACK/NACK not received above which the MCS of a DL acknowledged or unacknowledged DL TBF is changed to MCS-1. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 15 Default 12
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. If the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellitel link or Ater satellite link, in case where EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive EGPRS Packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. No No
1154 / 1278
Threshold defining the maximum number of consecutive times the network receives an invalid UL RLC data block or nothing from the MS having a monoslot EGPRS TBF before changing the coding scheme to MCS1. For a multislot EGPRS TBF, TBF_MCS_UL_limit := TBF_MCS_UL x n_allocated_timeslots. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 192 Default 32
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1155 / 1278
Value of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the uplink coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. 0 : CS1, 1 : CS2, 2 : CS3, 3 : CS4 TBF_UL_INIT_CS <= MAX_GPRS_CS In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_CS, TBF_UL_INIT_CS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_GPRS_CS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 4 Default 2
External Comment
Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. No No
1156 / 1278
Threshold above which the load of the serving cell is considered in a high load situation in the NC2 cell ranking process Step size of 10% 0 : 0%; 1: 10%; .... 10 : 100% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
This parameter is only relevant if the parameter NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "2: NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "3: NC2 mode of operation for all MS". The serving cell is considered in a low load situation when THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING = 0 %. The value of 0 % deactivates the load evaluation in the serving cell. The load situation of external cells is unknown in the serving cell. The BSS then computes the NC2 load of those cells as follows: - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to a value lower than 100 %, then the cell is considered in a low load situation. - If the threshold THR_NC2_LOAD_RANKING is set to 100 %, then the cell is considered in an high load situation
No No
1157 / 1278
Defines the relative priority used for the pre-defined TOM8 Packet Flow Context Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 4 Maximum 15 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1158 / 1278
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in acknowledged mode. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1159 / 1278
Threshold below which the TBF is released because of a bad transmission efficiency in unacknowledged mode. step size = 1% Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 15
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1160 / 1278
Number of received RLC data blocks for GPRS TBF after which TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 500 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1161 / 1278
Number of PRACH timeslots to spread transmission of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are : 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50, coded from 0000 to 1111 It is recommended to set TX_INT so that the corresponding spreading time is about 240 ms. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 2 Maximum 50 Default 8
Coding rules
No No
1162 / 1278
Number of RACH timeslots that spread transmission of CHANNEL REQUEST. Possible values are:3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 20, 25, 32, 50 respectively binary coded from 0000 to 1111 Equal to Tx_Integer (BSC) When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater terrestrial links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1. When the GPRS is supported through Abis or Ater satellite links, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 whatever the configuration of the CCCH. The number of slots belonging to the MSs RACH between 2 successive Channel Request messages is a random value drawn randomly for each new retransmission with uniform distribution in the set (S, S+1, ...,S+T-1). With T = Tx_Integer and S depending on the CCCH configuration as shown below: 1) for non combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 55 RACH frames (i.e. 253.8 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 76 RACH frames (i.e. 349.6 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 109 RACH frames (i.e. 501.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 163 RACH frames (i.e. 749.8 ms) Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 217 RACH frames (i.e. 998.2 ms) 2) for combined CCCH: - Tx_Integer = 3, 8, 14, 50 > S = 41 RACH frames (i.e. 357.5 ms) - Tx_Integer = 4, 9, 16 > S = 52 RACH frames (i.e. 453.4 ms) - Tx_Integer = 5, 10, 20 > S = 58 RACH frames (i.e. 505.7 ms) - Tx_Integer = 6, 11, 25 > S = 86 RACH frames (i.e. 749.9 ms) - Tx_Integer = 7, 12, 32 > S = 115 RACH frames (i.e. 1002.8 ms) Note: - In the non-combined CCCH configuration, there are 51 RACH frames per 51-multiframe - In the combined CCCH configuration, there are 27 RACH frames per 51-multiframe.
Coding rules
1163 / 1278
Instance Value
External Comment
When EN_GPRS=1, it is recommended to set: TX_INTEGER = 32 if the CCCH is not combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF =0 TX_INTEGER = 12 if the CCCH is combined, i.e. CCCH_CONF = 1 No No
1164 / 1278
Wait indication used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS REJECT in the nominal case (see the WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD parameter for the particular cases). WI_PR <= WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1165 / 1278
6.2.314 (Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject when CPU overload) - (WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD)
Parameter Name HMI Name Wait Indication for Packet Access Reject when CPU overload WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD
Wait indication used in IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT REJECT or PACKET ACCESS REJECT in case of PPC CPU or memory overload. WI_PR <= WI_PR_CPU_OVERLOAD Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 255 Default 10
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1166 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 10 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 6
No No
1167 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 11 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 5
No No
1168 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 12 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 4
No No
1169 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 13 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 3
No No
1170 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 14 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 2
No No
1171 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 15 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 1
No No
1172 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 4 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 12
No No
1173 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 5 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 11
No No
1174 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 6 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 10
No No
1175 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 7 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 9
No No
1176 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 8 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 8
No No
1177 / 1278
Weight to be used for a TBF/PFC of priority 9 step size = 1 weight_Px >= weight_Py if x<y Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 15 Default 7
No No
1178 / 1278
1179 / 1278
This flag enables / disables downlink retransmission in the BTS. 0 : disabled, 1 : enabled Network (CDE) Flag MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
DL retransmission in the BTS will be disabled by the MFS in the cells having an Abis or an Ater satellite link (whatever the TRE type). In a cell with terrestrial Abis and Ater links, this feature is disabled for G3 TREs only. No No
1180 / 1278
Minimum throughput gain required to be provided to the MS when performing a T2 or T3 TBF reallocation. step size = 0,1 Network (CDE) Threshold MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 0,1 Maximum 5 Default 0,3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Increasing the value of this parameter above 0,3 might block some reallocations for mobiles having a high multislot class (multislot class >= 30). No No
1181 / 1278
Two definitions are possible : - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "enabled" : number of GCHs required to be established due to the "Fast Initial PS Access" feature, - If EN_FAST_INITIAL_GPRS_ACCESS = "disabled" : number of GCHs to keep established when there is no more (E)GPRS traffic in a cell (while the T_GCH_INACTIVITY_LAST timer is running). Those GCHs will be useful in case of (E)GPRS traffic resumption in the cell. Network (CDE) Number MFS MFS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 5 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1182 / 1278
Allows EDA operations for mobile stations in DTM mode. 0: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is not allowed, 1: the usage of EDA for mobile stations in DTM mode is allowed. Site (CAE) Flag MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
This flag is relevant only if DTM and EDA are both activated. No No
1183 / 1278
Filter constant for EGPRS channel quality measurements. coded on 4 bits as follows: 0: 1 1: 2 2: 3 3: 4 4: 5 5: 7 6: 10 7: 12 8: 15 9: 20 10: 25 11: Reserved for future use 12: Reserved for future use 13: Reserved for future use 14: Reserved for future use 15: Reserved for future use Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 25 Default 10
External Comment
The BEP_PERIOD parameter defines the forgetting factor used in the MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP averaging at the MS side. In case of cell without frequency hopping and without "fast" mobiles (i.e. not motorway or TGV coverage), it is advised to set a higher value (e.g. 25) in order to avoid spurious MCS changes causing higher BLER and throughput loss. No No
1184 / 1278
Number of received radio blocks for an EGPRS TBF after which E_TX_EFFICIENCY is computed. step size = 1 Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 500 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1185 / 1278
Activation level of Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA). 0: EDA activated for all mobile stations (supporting the feature), 1: EDA activated for R99-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature), 2: EDA activated for Rel-4-onwards mobile stations (supporting the feature). Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 2 Default 0
External Comment
-This parameter is relevant only if EDA is activated (EN_EDA parameter). -The activation level may provide an artificial mean to limit the inter-operability risks due to mobile stations with uncorrected EDA implementation (EDA is a R97 feature but has been completely clarified in Rel-6). - R99 is detected through the Revision Level Indicator. - A mobile station is considered as Rel4-onwards compliant if it indicates the field "GERAN Feature Package 1" in its MS Radio Access Capability. No No
1186 / 1278
For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis terrestrial link and Ater terrestrial link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 32 Default 20
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. No No
1187 / 1278
For a DL EGPRS TBF, if the EGPRS traffic is carried through Abis satellite link or Ater satellite link, this parameter defines the maximum number of expected Packet Downlink ACK/NACK or Packet Control Acknowledgement messages consecutively lost on the radio interface, before triggering an abnormal release of the DL TBF. This parameter is used in conjunction with the MIN_RLF_TIME_DL delay to decide if the DL TBF shall be released. Site (CAE) Threshold MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 32 Default 24
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
If EGPRS_N3105_LIMIT_SATELLITE < TBF_MCS_DL then the loss of consecutive packet DL ACK/NACK will not trigger link adaptation but TBF release. EGPRS_N3105_Limit_Satellite has to be set in order not to release a DL TBF in case of transient bad radio conditions.The polling frequency depends on Ack_factor, T_DL_EGPRS_MeasReport, MS multislot class and on the number of TBFs per PDCH. No No
1188 / 1278
Enables Extended Dynamic Allocation (EDA). 0: EDA not activated, 1: EDA activated EN_EDA = 0 in case of extended cell Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
When EDA is activated, its activation domain is given by the EDA_MS_ACTIVATION_LEVEL and ALLOW_DTM_EDA_COMBINATION parameters. No No
1189 / 1278
Enables/Disables Incremental redundancy for the uplink TBF in the BSS. 0: Disable, 1: Enable Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL_per_cell), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
The Incremental Redundancy for the uplink TBF feature is supported only from G4 onwards BTSs. No No
1190 / 1278
Enables the forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access to make this phase more robust. 0: the BSS does not force uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. 1: the BSS forces uplink EGPRS TBF to use MCS-1 during the contention resolution phase at one-phase access. Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
Coding rules
External Comment
The forced usage of MCS-1 for uplink EGPRS TBF in contention resolution phase at one-phase access corresponds to the behaviour in B9. No No
1191 / 1278
Enables/Disables the resegmentation for the uplink TBF in the cell, in case of RLC in acknowledged mode. 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled Among the features Incremental Redundancy in uplink (EN_IR_UL) and RLC resegmentation in uplink (EN_RESEGMENTATION_UL), Alcatel recommends to enable first the Incremental Redundancy in Uplink. The activation of both at the same time may reduce the gain of the Incremental Redundancy Site (CAE) Flag MFS cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
No No
1192 / 1278
Number of PDCHs on which MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL and MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL are targeted when establishing GCHs for an EGPRS TBF associated to a "short data" MS transfer. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 8 Default 3
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - Parameter change: No impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. Change applied on current TBF and new TBF established after modification No No
1193 / 1278
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for the DL EGPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Enumerated MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 1 MCS-1 coded as 0 MCS-2 coded as 1 MCS-3 coded as 2 MCS-4 coded as 3 MCS-5 coded as 4 MCS-6 coded as 5 MCS-7 coded as 6 MCS-8 coded as 7 MCS-9 coded as 8
Coding rules
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - Setting this parameter to MCS-2 might introduce some problems (because a MCS-2 block consumes exactly 1.00 GCH and might therefore block some of the MFS-BTS signalling messages to be sent in the M-EGCH link in DL). - If MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL is strictly higher than MAX_EGPRS_MCS, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing.
1194 / 1278
No No
1195 / 1278
Maximum Modulation and Coding Scheme used for the UL EGPRS TBFs associated to a "short data" MS transfer. 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Enumerated MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 2 MCS-1 coded as 0 MCS-2 coded as 1 MCS-3 coded as 2 MCS-4 coded as 3 MCS-5 coded as 4 MCS-6 coded as 5 MCS-7 coded as 6 MCS-8 coded as 7 MCS-9 coded as 8
Coding rules
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - If MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL is strictly higher than MAX_EGPRS_MCS, then MAX_EGPRS_MCS is used instead. - Parameter change: In case of value increasing, there is no impact on the telecom service, on going TBF are not disrupted. But in case of value decreasing, the established TBF will continue transferring with the previous limit, so it may happen that some TBF are disrupted due to the possible minimum number of GCH decreasing. No No
1196 / 1278
Filtering period used for calculation of the forgetting factor applied to the current UL MEAN_BEP and CV_BEP samples in the averaging Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation filter step size = 20ms Site (CAE) Reference MFS BSS Unit sec Minimum 0.02 Maximum 5 Default 0.1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: any modification impacts the telecom PS service. The on-going PS traffic of the BSS is broken and no new traffic is accepted until the related GP/GPU(s) restarted. No No
1197 / 1278
Number of free 64k Ater TSs that are kept "in reserve" in order to be able to serve some prioritary requests in cells managed by the GPU. The prioritary requests are the GCH establishment requests launched when the first TBF has to be established in a cell (useful to guarantee that MM traffic will be supported in any cell at any time). In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU = 0, then no Ater margin is managed. In case N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU > 0, RRM will ensure that N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU 64k Ater TSs are always free (i.e. not used by a GCH in the GPU). From then on, only prioritary requests will be allowed to establish some GCHs with those Ater resources.
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 2
External Comment
- Applicable only to TDM mode. - Increasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU will make the average number of unused Ater nibbles in the GPU increase. That corresponds to a loss of Ater resources on the field, as the on-going TBF traffic will never "benefit from the margin of Ater resources". But, on the other hand, the likelihood of not serving a prioritary request in the GPU will be become very low. - Decreasing the value of N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU (to a non null value) will make it possible that prioritary requests cannot be served in case several such requests have to be served in a short period of time (i.e. before having had the time to "fill the Ater margin" up again), especially if the requests have to be served on several different DSPs (one 64k Ater TS will be consumed by each DSP). - Setting N_ATER_TS_MARGIN_GPU to 0 will make it possible the cases where prioritary requests cannot be served at all. No No
1198 / 1278
Minimum number of consecutive significantly-uplink biases observed during a transfer to allow a mobile station to use Extended Dynamic Allocation. Site (CAE) Number MFS BSS Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 64 Default 1
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
This parameter can allow using EDA only in case of big UL transfers No No
1199 / 1278
Time period to request for an EGPRS Packet Downlink Ack/Nack with measurements. step size = 20 ms Site (CAE) Timer MFS cell Unit ms Minimum 60 Maximum 3000 Default 200
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1200 / 1278
Value of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the downlink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: MCS-1 MCS-2 MCS-3 MCS-4 MCS-5 MCS-6 MCS-7 MCS-8 MCS-9
Coding rules
TBF_DL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 3
1201 / 1278
Value of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is disabled or initial value (e.g. at TBF start or in case of TBF resumption with CS_MAX_IDLE_PERIOD expiry) of the uplink modulation and coding scheme when the link adaptation algorithm is enabled. 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: MCS-1 MCS-2 MCS-3 MCS-4 MCS-5 MCS-6 MCS-7 MCS-8 MCS-9
Coding rules
TBF_UL_INIT_MCS <= MAX_EGPRS_MCS In order to avoid establishing too many GCHs during the "short data" MS transfer phases, it is recommended that MAX [MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL, MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_UL] <= MIN [TBF_DL_INIT_MCS, TBF_UL_INIT_MCS]. This rule also tends to reduce the TBF blocking rate in the cell (by recommending low values for MAX_EGPRS_MCS_SHORT_DATA_DL/UL) and to simplify the cell configuration. Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit None Minimum 1 Maximum 9 Default 3
External Comment
The parameter is significant only if EN_EGPRS is enabled. Exception cases apply for uplink TBF establishment on PACCH when link adaptation is enabled. No No
1202 / 1278
1203 / 1278
Enables/disables the support of dual transfer mode 0: disabled, 1: enabled EN_DTM may be set to 1 only if : -CELL_RANGE = 0 -MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD > 1 If EN_DTM is Enabled for at least one cell within the BSS it is highly recommended to activate CS Paging Coordination for the BSS, either through the Gs Interface (network_operation_mode = NMO I) or by setting EN_BSS_PAGING_COORDINATION to "Enabled" (network_operation_mode <> NMO I). Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Recommended rules
External Comment
((E)GPRS is mandatory for DTM operation, and at least 2 PDCHs are required in the PS zone for allocation of DTM resources to (at least) one DTM call, therefore, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD shall at least be equal to 2. No No
1204 / 1278
Maximum number of LAPDm frames on which a layer 3 can be segmented into and be sent on the main DCCH. Coded on 3 bits: 000 : 5 001 : 6 .... 111 : 12 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 5 Maximum 12 Default 7
Coding rules
No No
1205 / 1278
Number of TCH usage information update periods to be waited by the BSC before moving the TCH of a DTM capable MS from the PS zone to the CS zone (intracell handover cause 30). "zero" means that the feature "avoid ping-pong between CS and PS zones for DTM MS" is not activated. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 10 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Parameter change : no impact on the telecom service. Change applied on the handovers cause 30 detected after the modification (didnt apply on running timers). - Function available on BSC Evolution only. - the delay applied by the BSC is between N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 * TCH_INFO_PERIOD and (N_DELAYED_HO_CAUSE30 + 1) * TCH_INFO_PERIOD No No
1206 / 1278
1207 / 1278
This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of an external LTE (FDD or TDD) cell as defined in 3GPP TS 36.300. Binary value on 28 bits is expanded to 32 bits (with the four Most Significant Bits set to "1"). (MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE and CI_LTE) shall together uniquely identify a LTE cell inside the OMC Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 268435455 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- The CI_LTE is equivalent to the long/standard eNode-B Id. - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. No No
1208 / 1278
Default priority associated to any UARFCN not explicitely broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 1 "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest The DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G of a given BSS shall be different from any priority (GERAN_PRIORITY) of its related 2G cells (which has at least one neighbour 3G or LTE cell for reselection), and different from any priority (PRIORITY_3G and PRIORITY_LTE) of all those target neighbour 3G and LTE cells for reselection. Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 3
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1209 / 1278
Default minimum received level associated to any UARFCN not explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = (dBm + 119) / 2, step size = 2 dBm Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit dBm Minimum -119 Maximum -57 Default -119
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1210 / 1278
Default threshold associated to any UARFCN not explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 dB Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1211 / 1278
Enables/Disables the GSM to E-UTRAN FDD cell reselection and defines the LTE search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. The adjacent EUARFCNs can be configured at LTE cell level only (ARFCN_LTE). Those EUARFCNs are used in the "blind" search method. 0: Disabled, 1: Enabled with LTE search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with LTE search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 3: Enabled with LTE search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1, 4: Enabled with LTE search activated with flexible priority while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. - Configuration of FDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell for which (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) and (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 or EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0). - EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 2 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION = 0. - It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) - It is not allowed to have EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 if the cell is owned by a BSC connected to a legacy MFS. - if both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. Value 3 should be used only in case of good LTE FDD coverage. Site (CAE)
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
1212 / 1278
External Comment
- If EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel4 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the LTE search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This LTE search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1213 / 1278
Downlink FDD E-UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (EUARFCN) of an external LTE FDD cell. Only the following downlink EUARFCN ranges are standardized for FDD: I) 0 599 and II) 600 1199 and III) 1200 1949 and IV) 1950 2399 and V) 2400 2649 and VI) 2650 - 2749 and VII) 2750 - 3449 and VIII) 3450 - 3799 and IX) 3800 4149 and X) 4150 4749 and XI) 4750 4999 and XII) 5000 5179 and XIII) 5180 5279 and XIV) 5280 5379 and XVII) 5730 - 5849 - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_LTE(FDD) among all the neighbour LTE FDD cells target for reselection.
Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default None
1214 / 1278
External Comment
- Significant if RAT_LTE is FDD - The FDD EUARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The FDD EUARFCNs of the LTE neighbour cells configured for reselection are broadcast on BCCH. - Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1215 / 1278
Gives the priority for the serving cell. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 1, "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest When a given serving 2G cell has at least one neighbour 3G or LTE cell for reselection, then GERAN_PRIORITY shall be different from any priority (PRIORITY_3G and PRIORITY_LTE) of its neighbour 3G and LTE cells for reselection, and different from the DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G of its BSS. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1216 / 1278
Hysteresis used in the priority reselection algorithm by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 1 Coded value (decimal): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: 6: Rule disabled 1: 5: 5 dB 2: 4: 4 dB 3: 3: 3 dB Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit dB Minimum 3 Maximum 6 Default 6
Coding rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1217 / 1278
Number of resources blocks (NRB) over which an MS/UE LTE-capable could measure. 0 (coded) = 6 1 (coded) = 15 2 (coded) = 25 3 (coded) = 50 4 (coded) = 75 5 (coded) = 100 All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same MEASUREMENT_BANDWIDTH value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 6 Maximum 100 Default 6
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1218 / 1278
Mobile Country Code of a neighbour external LTE (FDD or TDD) cell of the own or of a foreign PLMN. 3 digits BCD - The MCC_LTE is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator in the set of own or foreign PLMNs - (MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE, CI_LTE) shall together uniquely identify a LTE cell inside the OMC Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default None
1219 / 1278
Mobile Network Code of a neighbour external LTE (FDD or TDD) cell of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. 3 digits BCD - The MNC_LTE is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator in the set of own or foreign PLMNs. - (MCC_LTE, MNC_LTE, CI_LTE) shall together uniquely identify a LTE cell inside the OMC Site (CAE) Reference BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default None
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only - The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
1220 / 1278
Priority associated to a given UARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 1, "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest. - All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same PRIORITY_3G value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - The PRIORITY_3G of a given 3G cell, neighbour for reselection to one/several 2G serving cell(s) S, shall be different from any priority (GERAN_PRIORITY) of the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G) of the BSS(s) owning the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (PRIORITY_LTE) of the LTE cell(s) (if any) neighbour for reselection to the cell(s) S. Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 4
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1221 / 1278
Priority associated to a given EUARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 1, "0" is the lowest priority, "7" the highest. - All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same PRIORITY_LTE value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - The PRIORITY_LTE of a given LTE cell, neighbour for reselection to one/several 2G serving cell(s) S, shall be different from any priority (GERAN_PRIORITY) of the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (DEFAULT_PRIORITY_3G) of the BSS(s) owning the cell(s) S, and different from any priority (PRIORITY_3G) of the 3G cell(s) (if any) neighbour for reselection to the cell(s) S. Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 7 Default 7
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1222 / 1278
Minimum received level required for a given UARFCN broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = (dBm + 119) / 2, step size = 2 dBm All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same QRXLEVMIN_3G value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit dBm Minimum -119 Maximum -57 Default -119
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1223 / 1278
Minimum received level required for a given EUARFCN broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = (dBm + 140) / 2, step size = 2 dBm All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same QRXLEVMIN_LTE value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit dBm Minimum -140 Maximum -78 Default -140
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1224 / 1278
Threshold for searching for LTE cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for LTE neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for LTE neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1225 / 1278
This parameter defines the radio access technology of an external LTE cell. 0: FDD 1: TDD Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC LTE cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
1226 / 1278
Period during which the cell reselection criteria of the priority algorithm must be verified to allow the cell reselection; used by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = (sec / 5) - 1, step size = 5 Site (CAE) Number BSC BSS Unit sec Minimum 5 Maximum 20 Default 5
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted No No
1227 / 1278
Gives the threshold of the GSM serving cell (and all measured GSM cells). Used in the priority algorithm for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 2 dB Coded value (decimal): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: 0: 0 dB 1: 2: 2 dB 2: 4: 4 dB 3: 6: 6 dB 4: 8: 8 dB 5: 10: 10 dB 6: 12: 12 dB 7: 14: 14 dB 8: 16: 16 dB 9: 18: 18 dB 10: 20: 20 dB 11: 22: 22 dB 12: 24: 24 dB 13: 26: 26 dB 14: 28: 28 dB 15: 30: always select a LTE cell is possible Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 30 Default 30
Coding rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1228 / 1278
Threshold (high) associated to a given UARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 - All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same THRESH_3G_HIGH value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_3G_LOW <= THRESH_3G_HIGH Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1229 / 1278
Threshold (low) associated to a given UARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 - All 3G cells managed by the OMC (and neighbour to a BSC Evolution) having the same ARFCN_3G shall be given the same THRESH_3G_LOW value (to be checked at Network level and on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_3G_LOW <= THRESH_3G_HIGH Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1230 / 1278
Threshold (high) associated to a given EUARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 dB - All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same THRESH_LTE_HIGH value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_LTE_LOW <= THRESH_LTE_HIGH Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1231 / 1278
Threshold (low) associated to a given EUARFCN explicitly broadcasted by the BSS. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. Coded_value = dB / 2, step size = 2 dB - All LTE cells managed by the OMC having the same ARFCN_LTE shall be given the same THRESH_LTE_LOW value (to be checked on a per RAT basis). - THRESH_LTE_LOW <= THRESH_LTE_HIGH Site (CAE) Number BSC LTE cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 62 Default 30
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1232 / 1278
Threshold for the serving cell that controls inter-RAT measurements. Used for cell reselection by a LTE-capable MS/UE. step size = 3 dBm Coded value (decimal): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm 1: -95: -95 dBm 2: -92: -92 dBm 3: -89: -89 dBm 4: -86: -86 dBm 5: -83: -83 dBm 6: -80: -80 dBm 7: -77: -77 dBm 8: -74: -74 dBm 9: -71: -71 dBm 10: -68: -68 dBm 11: -65: -65 dBm 12: -62: -62 dBm 13: -59: -59 dBm 14: -56: -56 dBm 15: -53: Always Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -53 Default -53
Coding rules
External Comment
- Parameter available on BSC Evolution only. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1233 / 1278
1234 / 1278
1235 / 1278
Controls the format of an external 3G cell identification, sent to the MSC on the A interface for 2G to 3G handover. 0: CGI not used, 1: CGI used Alcatel-Lucent recommend to set the CGI_3G_REQD parameter to 1 provided that the MSC supports the CGI format. The CGI_3G_REQD parameter shall be set to 1 if the operator wants to allow inter-PLMN 2G to 3G handovers. If this parameter needs to be changed, it is recommended to change it during a migration phase to avoid any additional Telecom outage. Network (CDE) Flag BSC BSC Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 1
External Comment
Depends on MSC Type. The value indicated here is for implementation purposes. No No
1236 / 1278
Window size for Ec/No level averages for 2G to 3G handover Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit Samfr Minimum 1 Maximum 31 Default 8
Single Umbrella Concentric Concentric Umbrella Microcell Minicell Extended inner cell Extended outer cell 8 8 8 8 4 8 8 8
Nb of TRX Dependent
No
1237 / 1278
Capacity class of the cell, measured on a linear scale, ranging from 1 to 100. binary value on 8 bits the Cell Capacity Class shall follow the recommended rule: "In order to fulfill the 3GPP requirement of having a linear scale in the capacity class, ranging from 1 to 100: Cell Capacity Class is a linear function of the Cell capacity: value 1 shall indicate the minimum capacity class, and 100 shall indicate the maximum capacity class. Capacity class should be measured on a linear scale. The default value of Cell Capacity Class should depend on the number of available TCHs in the cell and since there may be up to 126 TCH channels in one GSM cell: Cell_Capacity_Class = int{[(99/125) x (NTCH - 1)] + 1} where NTCH is the number of all TCH channels in the Cell."
Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 1 Maximum 100 Default 100
No No
1238 / 1278
This parameter indicates the Cell Identifier of an external 3G (FDD or TDD) cell as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401. Binary value on 16 bits (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default None
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1239 / 1278
Allows handovers towards 3G cells for a given MS when I.E. Service Handover is missing and the load in the serving cell is high (see THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REQ) 0 : disable, 1 : enable Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1240 / 1278
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN FDD cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. The adjacent UARFCNs can be configured either at BSS level (FDD_ARFCN_LIST), or, exclusively, at 3G cell level (ARFCN_3G). Those UARFCNs are used in the "blind" search method. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1. 4: Enabled with 3G search activated with flexible priority while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. - EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - FDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (FDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G FDD cell target for reselection (or both). - Configuration of FDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell for which (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) and (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 or EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0). - if both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 1 and EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0. - It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) - if both EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. Value 3 and 4 should be used only in case of good 3G FDD coverage.
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
Recommended rules
1241 / 1278
Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
External Comment
- If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", then the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. - If EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION = "Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1", then the 3G search is activated even when activating the NC2 mode (the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message will not be sent). - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1242 / 1278
Enables/Disables the GSM to UTRAN TD-SCDMA cell reselections and defines the 3G search activation mode for MS in GMM Ready state. The adjacent UARFCNs can be configured either at BSS level (TDD_ARFCN_LIST), or, exclusively, at 3G cell level (ARFCN_3G). Those UARFCNs are used in the "blind" search method. 0: Disabled 1: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, 2: Enabled with 3G search deactivated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state. 3: Enabled with 3G search activated while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state, even if Network_Control_Order > 1. 4: Enabled with 3G search activated with flexible priority while the UE/MS is in GMM ready state.
Coding rules
1243 / 1278
Mandatory rules
- EN_2G_3G_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <>disabled at the same time - EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION shall not be <> disabled at the same time. - TDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (TDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G TDD cell target for reselection. - Configuration of TDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled. - if both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, then they shall have the same value. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 1 and EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0. - It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) - For a given 2G cell, where both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled, if FAKE_FDD_MANAGEMENT = 1 then there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_3G (TDD) among all the neighbour 3G TDD cells target for reselection and there shall be no more than 4 distinct ARFCN_LTE(TDD) among all the neighbour LTE TDD cells target for reselection. Value 3 and 4 should be used only in case of good 3G TDD coverage. Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 4 Default 0
1244 / 1278
External Comment
- If EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION < 3, and If the NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER is set to "NC2 mode of operation for R99 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for Rel4 onwards MS" or "NC2 mode of operation for all MS", the 3G search is systematically deactivated when activating the NC2 mode through the Packet Measurement Order [NC2] message. This 3G search deactivation is then performed independently of the value of the EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION parameter. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1245 / 1278
This parameter indicates if diversity is applied for an external 3G FDD cell. 1 bit: 0 diversity is not applied, 1 diversity is applied Site (CAE) Flag BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
External Comment
- Significant only if RAT_3G is FDD. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1246 / 1278
This flag enables/disables the 2G to 3G FDD handover. 0: disabled, 1: enabled For Evolium serving cell : - if the neighborhood of the serving cell for handover is mixed 2G/3G, then there shall be no more than 31 different BCCH 2G frequencies for the set of all the target cells for handover. Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1247 / 1278
Allows sending by the MS of Compressed Inter-RAT HO information 0 : disable, 1 : enable Site (CAE) Flag BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
External Comment
Shall be set to 1 only if all RNCs neighbour to this BSS support the feature. No No
1248 / 1278
Defines the CPICH measurements used in the 2G to 3G cell reselection 0: Only 1 CPICH measurement is used 1: CPICH Ec/No and RSCP measurements must be used This parameter can be set on 1 only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION <>0 Site (CAE) Flag BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
No No
1249 / 1278
Enables a fast 3G/LTE (FDD or TDD) cell reselection at 2G CS call release. 0:fast 3G/LTE cell reselection at 2G CS call release is not used. 1:only fast 3G cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used. 2:only fast LTE cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used. 3:fast LTE cell reselection at 2G CS call release is used, 3G otherwise. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 1 and EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0. - It is not allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 2 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_ RESELECTION = 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION = 0. It is allowed to have EN_FAST_3G_RESELECTION = 3 only if (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) or (EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 0
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
External Comment
- Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification in dedicated Channel Release messages of the current calls. No No
1250 / 1278
List of neighbour Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Numbers (UARFCNs) of any 3G FDD neighbor cell, adjacent to the BSS. Up to 3 FDD UARFCNs can be defined in the list. This list is used for 2G to 3G cell reselection ("blind" search method). The value of -1 is for implementation purpose only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any UARFCN. - The UARFCNs defined in the list (i.e. not set to -1) shall be different from each other. - Only the following downlink FDD UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387 X) 3112-3388 XI) 3712-3812 XII) 3837- 3903 XIII) 4017-4043 XIV) 4117-4143 - FDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (FDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G FDD cell target for reselection (or both). - Configuration of FDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell for which (EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0) and (EN_2G_TO_LTEFDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0 or EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION <> 0). Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSS
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
1251 / 1278
Value
Unit None
Minimum 0
Maximum 16383
Default None
External Comment
- The FDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The FDD UARFCNs of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH. - Significant only if EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1252 / 1278
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection in GPRS Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
External Comment
This parameter is broadcast on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1253 / 1278
Number of the strongest 3G cells to be reported by the MS in the measurement report message Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 3 Default 2
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
This parameter is meaningful only if EN_3G_HO is set to enabled. If disabled, this parameter is considered as equal to zero (the MS shall report only 2G cells). This parameter is broadcast on SACCH. No No
1254 / 1278
Minimum threshold for Ec/Io for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. 0 = -20 dB 1 = -6 dB 2 = -18 dB 3 = -8dB 4 = -16dB 5 = -10dB 6 = -14dB 7 = -12dB Equal to FDD_Qmin(MFS) Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -20 Maximum -6 Default -12
External Comment
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1255 / 1278
Applies an offset to FDD_Qmin value coded on 3 bits: 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 6 dB, 4 = 8 dB, 5 = 10 dB, 6 = 12 dB, 7 = 14 dB. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum 0 Maximum 14 Default 0
1256 / 1278
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Equal to FDD_Qoffset(MFS) Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
External Comment
This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1257 / 1278
Minimum threshold of RSCP for UTRAN FDD cell re-selection. coded on 4bits: 0 = -114 dBm, 1 = -112 dBm, 2 = -110 dBm, 3 = -108 dBm, 4 = -106 dBm, 5 = -104 dBm, 6 = -102 dBm, 7 = -100 dBm, 8 = -98 dBm, 9 = -96 dBm, 10 = -94 dBm, 11 = -92 dBm, 12 = -90 dBm, 13 = -88 dBm, 14 = -86 dBm, 15 = -84 dBm. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -114 Maximum -84 Default -102
1258 / 1278
This parameter indicates the Location Area Code of an external 3G (FDD or TDD) cell, as defined in 3GPP TS 24.008 (in the HANDOVER COMMAND message on A interface). binary value on 16 bits Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default None
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1259 / 1278
Mobile Country Code of a neighbour external 3G cell (FDD or TDD) of the own or of a foreign PLMN. 3 digits BCD - The MCC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, Local-3G-Cell-Identity) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell inside the OMC. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell. Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default None
No No
1260 / 1278
Mobile Network Code of a neighbour external 3G cell (FDD or TDD) of the own PLMN or of a foreign PLMN. 3 digits BCD - The MNC_3G is computed by the OMC-R as a function of the PLMN id selected by the operator. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, Local-3G-Cell-Identity) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell inside the OMC. - (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cell. Site (CAE) Reference BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 999 Default None
External Comment
The operator is allowed to enter 2 or 3 digits MNC in the CDE table. MNC such as yz or Fyz correspond to a 2 digits MNC (y, z = 0..9). (F binary coded 1111) MNC such as xyz correspond to a 3 digits MNC (x = 0..9). No No
1261 / 1278
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in dedicated mode depending whether the received signal level of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells In a cell where at least one 2G to 3G adjacency has been defined, Qsearch_C =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -70
Coding rules
External Comment
This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on SACCH No No
1262 / 1278
Threshold for searching for 3G cells depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold. Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_I =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
External Comment
This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH No No
1263 / 1278
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells In a cell with FDD_ARFCN_list not empty, Qsearch_P =-70, i.e. always search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
External Comment
This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold in GPRS. This parameter is broadcast on BCCH and on PBCCH if there is a PBCCH allocated in the serving cell. No No
1264 / 1278
Threshold for searching for 3G cells in GPRS packet transfer mode depending whether the received level average of the serving cell is below or above the threshold Coded value (binary): Value (dBm): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -98: -98 dBm (below) 1: -94: -94 dBm (below) 2: -90: -90dBm (below) 3: -86: -86dBm (below) 4: -82: -82 dBm (below) 5: -78: -78 dBm (below) 6: -74: -74 dBm (below) 7: -70: Always search for 3G neighbour cells 8: -78: -78 dBm (above) 9: -74: -74 dBm (above) 10: -70: -70 dBm (above) 11: -66: -66 dBm (above) 12: -62: -62 dBm (above) 13: -58: -58 dBm (above) 14: -54: -54 dBm (above) 15: -50: Never search for 3G neighbour cells Site (CAE) Number MFS cell Unit dBm Minimum -98 Maximum -50 Default -50
Coding rules
External Comment
This threshold is used to search for 3G cells if the received signal level is below (-98 dBm to "always search for 3G neighbour cells") or above (-78 dBm to "never search for neighbour cells") the threshold in GPRS packet transfer mode. This parameter is sent in Packet Measurement Order on PACCH. No No
1265 / 1278
This parameter defines UMTS radio access technology of an external 3G cell. 0: FDD 1: TDD A 3G TDD cell can be configured for "(blind) cell reselection" only. Site (CAE) Enumerated BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 1 Default None
Coding rules
No No
1266 / 1278
This parameter indicates the RNC Identifier or the Extended RNC Identifier of an external 3G (FDD or TDD) cell, as defined in 3GPP TS 25.401 (in HO Required message sent to the MSC on A interface). Binary value on 16 bits. (MCC_3G, MNC_3G, RNC_ID_3G and CI_3G) shall together uniquely identify a 3G cel. Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 65535 Default None
External Comment
Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1267 / 1278
This parameter indicates the Primary Scrambling Code of an external 3G FDD cell, as defined in 3GPP TS 25.213. Binary value on 9 bits. - For a given 2G cell, the couple (ARFCN_3G (FDD), SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G_FDD) shall be unique among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for handover (or both). Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 511 Default None
External Comment
- Significant if RAT_3G is FDD - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1268 / 1278
This timer is started by sending an INTER SYSTEM TO UTRAN HANDOVER message to the MS and is normally stopped when the MS has correctly seized the UTRAN channel(s). Its purpose is to keep the old channels sufficiently long for the MS to be able to return to the old channels, and to release the channels if the MS is lost. step size = 0.1 sec Site (CAE) Timer BSC BSC Unit sec Minimum 0 Maximum 25.5 Default 14
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
No No
1269 / 1278
List of neighbour Downlink TDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Numbers (UARFCNs) of any 3G TDD neighbor cell (TD-SCDMA), adjacent to the BSS. Up to 3 TDD UARFCNs can be defined in the list. This list is used for 2G to 3G cell reselection ("blind" search method). The value of -1 is for implementation purpose only; this dummy value indicates that the operator does not provide any UARFCN. - The UARFCNs defined in the list (i.e. not set to 1) shall be different from each other. - Only following downlink TDD UARFCN ranges are standardised : a) 9504-9596 and 10054-10121 b) 9254-9546 and 9654-9946 c) 9554-9646 d) 12854-13096 e) 11504-11996 f) 9404-9596 - TDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (TDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G TDD cell target for reselection. - Configuration of TDD_ARFCN_LIST and 2G/LTE inter-working are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where both EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION and EN_2G_TO_LTETDD_CELL_RESELECTION are <> disabled. Site (CAE) List of numbers BSC BSS Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default None
Coding rules
Mandatory rules
1270 / 1278
External Comment
- The TDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The TDD UARFCNs of the 3G neighbour cells are broadcast on BCCH. - Significant only if EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. But any modification impacts System Information Broadcasting. Change applied immediately after modification, in broadcasted SI2quater messages and in dedicated Channel Release and Packet Measurement Order messages of the current calls. No No
1271 / 1278
Offset added to the received level average of the serving cell and of the neighbour GSM cells for UTRAN TDD cell re-selection. Coded value (binary): Value (dB): Text displayed at the OMC 0: -32: Always select a 3G cell if possible 1: -28: -28 dB 2: -24: -24 dB 3: -20: -20 dB 4: -16: -16 dB 5: -12: -12 dB 6: -8: -8 dB 7: -4: -4 dB 8: 0: 0 dB 9: 4: 4 dB 10: 8: 8 dB 11: 12: 12 dB 12: 16: 16 dB 13: 20: 20 dB 14: 24: 24 dB 15: 28: 28 dB Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -32 Maximum 28 Default -32
Coding rules
1272 / 1278
Load threshold determining whether a 3G to 2G handover request shall be rejected in load situation; the feature is deactivated by setting THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT to its maximum value 100%. binary value on 8 bits THR_CELL_LOAD_3G_REJECT shall be lower than the 2G load thresholds HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD or equal to 100%. Site (CAE) Number BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 100
No No
1273 / 1278
Load threshold on the serving cell below which handovers towards 3G cells are forbidden when I.E. Service Handover is missing (whatever EN_2G_3G_HO_NO_SERVICE_HO value) Step size = 1 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit % Minimum 0 Maximum 100 Default 0
Coding rules Mandatory rules Recommended rules Category Type SubSystem Instance Value
1274 / 1278
Ec/No threshold above which a handover to UTRAN may be triggered step size = 0.5 dB, coded over 6 bits 0: "HO to 3G attempted whatever the Ec/No", 1: -24.0, 2: -23.5, 3: -23, ..., 48: -0.5, 49: 0.0 Site (CAE) Threshold BSC cell Unit dB Minimum -24.5 Maximum 0 Default -15
No No
1275 / 1278
Downlink FDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) of an external 3G FDD cell. - Only the following downlink FDD UARFCN ranges are standardized: I) 10562-10838 and II) 9662-9938 and III) 1162-1513 and IV) 1537-1738 and V) 4357-4458 and VI) 4387-4413 and VII) 2237- 2563 and VIII) 2937-3088 and IX) 9237-9387 X) 3112-3388 XI) 3712-3812 XII) 3837- 3903 XIII) 4017-4043 XIV) 4117-4143 - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 3 distinct ARFCN_3G (FDD) among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for handover (or both). - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_3G (FDD) among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for reselection (or both). - For a given 2G cell, the couple (ARFCN_3G (FDD), SCRAMBLING_CODE_3G_FDD) shall be unique among all the neighbour 3G FDD cells target for handover (or both). - FDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (FDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid FDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3G_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G FDD cell target for reselection (or both). Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default None
1276 / 1278
External Comment
- Significant if RAT_3G is FDD - The FDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The FDD UARFCNs of the 3G neighbour cells configured for reselection (or both) are broadcast on BCCH. - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1277 / 1278
Downlink TDD UTRAN Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number (UARFCN) of an external 3G TDD cell. - Only the following downlink UARFCN ranges are standardized: a) 9504-9596 and 10054-10121 b) 9254- 9546 and 9654-9946 c) 9554-9646 d) 12854-13096 e) 11504-11996 f) 9404-9596 - For a given 2G cell, there shall be no more than 8 distinct ARFCN_3G (TDD) among all the neighbour 3G TDD cells target for reselection. - TDD_ARFCN_LIST and ARFCN_3G (TDD) are exclusive: for a given BSS, we cannot have at the same time a valid TDD_ARFCN_LIST and, at least, one 2G cell where EN_2G_TO_3GTDD_CELL_RESELECTION is not disabled, and having, at least, one neighbour 3G TDD cell target for reselection. Site (CAE) Number BSC 3G cell Unit None Minimum 0 Maximum 16383 Default None
External Comment
- Significant if RAT_3G is TDD - The TDD UARFCNs are used on the Air interface. - The TDD UARFCns of the 3G neighbour cells (configured for reselection) are broadcast on BCCH - Parameter change: no impact on the telecom service, on going traffic is not disrupted. Change applied immediately after modification. No No
1278 / 1278